Document:

2010 Omnibus Incentive Equity Compensation Plan

  
 Exhibit 4.1

 NOBEL LEARNING COMMUNITIES, INC. 
 2010 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN 
 Adopted
September 16, 2010 
 SECTION 1. Purpose; Definitions. The purposes of the Nobel Learning Communities,
Inc. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) are to enable Nobel Learning Communities, Inc. (the “Company”) and its Affiliates to recruit and retain highly qualified personnel, to provide those
personnel with an incentive for productivity and to provide those personnel with an opportunity to share in the growth and value of the Company. 
 For purposes of the Plan, the following terms will have the meanings defined below, unless the context clearly requires a different meaning: 

(a) “Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, a Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is
under common control with such Person. 
 (b) “Applicable Law” means the legal requirements relating to the
administration of and issuance of securities under stock incentive plans, including, without limitation, the requirements of state corporations law, federal, state and foreign securities law, federal, state and foreign tax law, and the requirements
of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted. For all purposes of this Plan, references to statutes and regulations shall be deemed to include any successor statutes and regulations, to the extent
reasonably appropriate as determined by the Board. 
 (c) “Award” means an award of Options, SARs, Restricted
Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Performance Awards made under this Plan. 
 (d) “Award Agreement” means, with
respect to any particular Award, the written document that sets forth the terms of that particular Award. 
 (e)
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time; provided, however, that if the Board appoints one or more Committees to perform some or all of the Board’s administrative functions
hereunder, references to the “Board” will be deemed to also refer to the Committee in connection with matters to be performed by that Committee. 
 (f) “Cause” means with respect to any Participant, unless otherwise defined in the Participant’s employment agreement, service agreement or signed offer letter: (i) the
Participant’s habitual intoxication or drug addiction; (ii) the Participant’s violation of the Company’s written policies, procedures or codes including, without limitation, those with respect to harassment (sexual or otherwise)
and ethics; (iii) the Participant’s refusal or willful failure by the Participant to perform such duties as may reasonably be delegated or assigned to him, consistent with his position; (iv) the Participant’s willful refusal or
willful failure to comply with any requirement of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any securities exchange or self-regulatory organization then applicable to the Company; (v) the Participant’s willful or wanton misconduct in
connection with the performance of his or her duties including, without limitation, breach of fiduciary duties; (vi) the Participant’s breach (whether due to inattention, neglect, or knowing conduct) of any of the material provisions of
his or her employment or service agreement, if any; (vii) the Participant’s conviction of, guilty, no contest or nolo contendere plea to, or admission or confession to any felony (other than driving while intoxicated or driving
under the influence of alcohol) or any act of fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (viii) the Participant’s dishonesty detrimental to the best interest of the Company; (ix) the
Participant’s involvement in any matter which, in the opinion of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (or, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, the Board), is reasonably likely to cause material prejudice or embarrassment to the
Company’s business; or (x) solely in the case of a Non-Employee Director, any other action by the Participant which the Board determines constitutes “cause.” 

  
 (g) “Change in
Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total power to vote for the election of directors of the Company; (ii) the merger or consolidation of the Company with another
corporation where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such stockholders to 50% or more of all votes to which
all stockholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote); (iii) the sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company; (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (v) any other event deemed by the Board to constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan. 

(h) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto. 

(i) “Committee” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 2 of the Plan. 

(j) “Director” means a member of the Board. 
 (k) “Disability” means a condition rendering a Participant Disabled. 
 (l) “Disabled” will have the same meaning as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. 
 (m) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 (n) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a Share determined as follows: (i) if Shares are listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system,
including, without limitation, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on that system or exchange (or the system or exchange with the greatest volume of trading in
Shares) at the close of regular hours trading on the day of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or any other source the Board considers reliable; (ii) if Shares are regularly quoted by recognized securities dealers but selling
prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for Shares at the close of regular hours trading on the day of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or any other
source the Board considers reliable; or (iii) if Shares are not traded as set forth above, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Board taking into consideration such factors as the Board considers appropriate, such
determination by the Board to be final, conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with a Change in Control, Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board, such determination by the Board to be final
conclusive and binding. 

  
 -2-

  
 (o) “Incentive
Stock Option” means any Option intended to be an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code. 
 (p) “Non-Employee Director” will have the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor
definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided, however, that the Board or the Committee may, to the extent that it deems necessary to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code or regulations thereunder, require that
each “Non-Employee Director” also be an “outside director” as that term is defined in regulations under Section 162(m). 
 (q) “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option. 
 (r) “Option” means any option to purchase Shares (including Restricted Stock, if the Board so determines) granted pursuant to Section 5 hereof. 

(s) “Parent” means, in respect of the Company, a “parent corporation” as defined in Sections 424(e) of
the Code. 
 (t) “Participant” means an employee, consultant, Director, or other service provider of or to the
Company or any of its respective Affiliates to whom an Award is granted. 
 (u) “Performance Award” means
Shares or other Awards that, pursuant to Section 10, are granted, vested and/or settled upon the achievement of specified performance conditions. 
 (v) “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated association, or other entity or association. 

(w) “Restricted Stock” means Shares that are subject to restrictions pursuant to Section 8 hereof.

 (x) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a right granted under and subject to restrictions pursuant to
Section 9 hereof. 

  
 -3-

  
 (y)
“SAR” means a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan and described in Section 6 hereof. 

(z) “Shares” means shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to substitution or adjustment as provided in
Section 3(c) hereof. 
 (aa) “Subsidiary” means, in respect of the Company, a subsidiary company as
defined in Sections 424(f) and (g) of the Code. 
 SECTION 2. Administration. The Plan will be
administered by the Board; provided, however, that the Board may at any time appoint a Committee to perform some or all of the Board’s administrative functions hereunder; and provided further, that the authority of any Committee appointed
pursuant to this Section 2 will be subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe and will be coextensive with, and not in lieu of, the authority of the Board hereunder. Subject to the requirements of the Company’s by-laws
and certificate of incorporation and any other agreement that governs the appointment of Board committees, the Committee will be composed of at least one member, who will serve for such period of time as the Board determines. 

The Board will have full authority to grant Awards under this Plan and determine the terms of such Awards. Such authority will include
the right to: 
 (a) select the individuals to whom Awards are granted (consistent with the eligibility conditions set forth in
Section 4); 
 (b) determine the type of Award to be granted; 

(c) determine the number of Shares, if any, to be covered by each Award; 

(d) establish the terms and conditions of each Award; 
 (e) subject to Section 10, establish the performance conditions relevant to any Performance Award and certify whether such performance conditions have been satisfied; 

(f) determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be exercised without a payment of cash under Section 5(d);

 (g) to accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an Award and to modify or amend each Award, subject to
Section 11; 
 (h) to extend the period of time for which an Option or SAR is to remain exercisable following a
Participant’s termination of service to the Company from the limited period otherwise in effect for that Option or SAR to such greater period of time as the Board deems appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the term of the
Option or SAR; and 
 (i) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Shares and other amounts payable with
respect to an Award may be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant. 

  
 -4-

  
 The Board will have
the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it, from time to time, deems advisable; to establish the terms and form of each Award Agreement; to interpret the terms and provisions
of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award
Agreement in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to carry out the intent of the Plan. 
 All decisions made by the
Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final and binding on all Persons, including the Company and Participants. No Director will be liable for any good faith determination, act or omission in connection with the Plan or any Award.

 SECTION 3. Shares Subject to the Plan. 

(a) Shares Subject to the Plan. The Shares to be subject to or related to Awards under the Plan will be authorized and unissued
Shares of the Company, whether or not previously issued and subsequently acquired by the Company. The maximum number of Shares that may be issued in respect of Awards under the Plan is 1,400,000. The Company will reserve for the purposes of the
Plan, out of its authorized and unissued Shares, such number of Shares. 
 (b) Effect of the Expiration or Termination of
Awards. If and to the extent that an Option or SAR expires, terminates or is canceled or forfeited for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares associated with that Option or SAR will again become available for grant under
the Plan. Similarly, if and to the extent an Award of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or a Performance Award is canceled or forfeited for any reason, the Shares subject to that Award will again become available for grant under the Plan.
Shares withheld in settlement of a tax withholding obligation associated with an Award, or in satisfaction of the exercise price payable upon exercise of an Option, will again become available for grant under the Plan. If any Award or portion
thereof is settled for cash, the Shares attributable for such cash settlement will again become available for grant. 
 (c)
Other Adjustment. In the event of any recapitalization, stock split or combination, stock dividend, spin-off, merger, reorganization or other similar event or transaction affecting the Shares, substitutions or adjustments will be made by the
Board to the aggregate number, class and/or issuer of the securities that may be issued under the Plan, to the number, class and/or issuer of securities subject to outstanding Awards, and to the exercise price of outstanding Options or SARs, in each
case in a manner that reflects equitably the effects of such event or transaction. 
 (d) Change in Control.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, upon or in anticipation of any Change in Control, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the need for the consent of any Participant, take one or more of the
following actions contingent upon the occurrence of that Change in Control: 
 (i) cause any or all outstanding
Awards to become vested and immediately exercisable (as applicable), in whole or in part; 

  
 -5-

  
 (ii)
cause any outstanding Option to become fully vested and immediately exercisable for a reasonable period in advance of the Change in Control and, to the extent not exercised prior to that Change in Control, cancel that Option upon closing of the
Change in Control; 
 (iii) cancel any unvested Award or unvested portion thereof, with or without consideration;

 (iv) cancel any Option in exchange for a substitute award in a manner consistent with the principles of Treas.
Reg. §1.424-1(a) or any successor rule or regulation (notwithstanding the fact that the original Award may never have been intended to satisfy the requirements for treatment as an Incentive Stock Option); 

(v) cancel any Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or SAR in exchange for restricted shares, restricted stock units or
stock appreciation rights with respect to the capital stock of any successor corporation or its parent; 
 (vi)
redeem any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit for cash and/or other substitute consideration with value equal to Fair Market Value of an unrestricted Share on the date of the Change in Control; 

(vii) cancel any SAR in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to: (A) the number
of Shares subject to that SAR, multiplied by (B) the difference, if any, between the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control and the exercise price of that SAR; provided, that if the Fair Market Value per Share
on the date of the Change in Control does not exceed the exercise price of any such SAR, the Board may cancel that SAR without any payment of consideration therefore; and/or 

(viii) cancel any Option in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to: (A) the
number of Shares subject to that Option, multiplied by (B) the difference, if any, between the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control and the exercise price of that Option; provided, that if the Fair Market
Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control does not exceed the exercise price of any such Option, the Board may cancel that Option without any payment of consideration therefor. 

In the discretion of the Board, any cash or substitute consideration payable upon cancellation of an Award may be subjected to
(i) vesting terms substantially identical to those that applied to the cancelled Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (ii) earn-out, escrow, holdback or similar arrangements, to the extent such arrangements are applicable
to any consideration paid to stockholders in connection with the Change in Control. 
 SECTION 4.
Eligibility. Employees, Directors, consultants, and other individuals who provide services to the Company or its Affiliates are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan; provided, however, that only employees of the Company,
any Parent or a Subsidiary are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options. 

  
 -6-

  
 SECTION 5.
Options. Options granted under the Plan may be of two types: (i) Incentive Stock Options or (ii) Non-Qualified Stock Options. Any Option granted under the Plan will be in such form as the Board may at the time of such grant
approve. 
 The Award Agreement evidencing any Option will incorporate the following terms and conditions and will contain such
additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion: 
 (a) Option Price. The exercise price per Share purchasable under an Option will be determined by the Board and will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of the
grant. However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time the Option is granted, owns, either directly or within the meaning of the attribution rules contained in Section 424(d) of the Code, stock possessing more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, will have an exercise price per Share of not less than 110% of Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant. 

(b) Option Term. The term of each Option will be fixed by the Board, but no Option will be exercisable more than 10 years after
the date the Option is granted. However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time such Option is granted, owns, either directly or within the meaning of the attribution rules contained in Section 424(d) of the
Code, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, may not have a term of more than five years. No Option may be exercised by any Person after expiration of the term of the Option.

 (c) Exercisability. Options will vest and be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and
conditions as determined by the Board. 
 (d) Method of Exercise. Subject to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement,
the exercisability provisions of Section 5(c) and the termination provisions of Section 7, Options may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time during their term by the delivery of written notice to the Company
specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice will be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price, either by certified or bank check, or such other means as the Board may accept. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, in
its sole discretion, payment of the exercise price of an Option may be made in the form of previously acquired Shares based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Option is exercised or through means of a “net settlement,”
whereby the Option exercise price will not be due in cash and where the number of Shares issued upon such exercise will be equal to: (A) the product of (i) the number of Shares as to which the Option is then being exercised, and
(ii) the excess, if any, of (a) the then current Fair Market Value per Share over (b) the Option exercise price, divided by (B) the then current Fair Market Value per Share. 

No Shares will be issued upon exercise of an Option until full payment therefor has been made. A Participant will not have the right to
distributions or dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to the Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such Shares, if requested, has given the representation
described in Section 15(a) hereof and fulfills such other conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. 

  
 -7-

  
 (e) Incentive Stock
Option Limitations. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant
during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other plan of the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary will not exceed $100,000. For purposes of applying the foregoing limitation, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order
granted. To the extent any Option does not meet such limitation, that Option will be treated for all purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. 
 (f) Termination of Service. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Award Agreement, Options will be subject to the terms of Section 7 with respect to exercise upon or following
termination of employment or other service. 
 (g) Transferability of Options. Except as may otherwise be specifically
determined by the Board with respect to a particular Option: (i) no Option will be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and (ii) during the Participant’s lifetime, an Option
will be exercisable only by the Participant (or, in the event of the Participant’s Disability, by his personal representative). 
 SECTION 6. Stock Appreciation Rights. 
 (a) Nature of
Award. Upon the exercise of a SAR, its holder will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the excess (if any) of: (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by such SAR as of the date such SAR is exercised, over (ii) the Fair
Market Value of the Shares covered by such SAR as of the date such SAR was granted. Such amount may be paid in either cash and/or Shares, as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion. 

(b) Terms and Conditions. The Award Agreement evidencing any SAR will incorporate the following terms and conditions and will
contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion: 
 (i) Term of SAR. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, the term of a SAR will be ten years. 
 (ii) Exercisability. SARs will vest and become exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as will be determined by the Board at the time of grant. 

(iii) Method of Exercise. Subject to terms of the applicable Award Agreement, the exercisability provisions of
Section 6(b)(ii) and the termination provisions of Section 7, SARs may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time during their term by delivery of written notice to the Company specifying the portion of the SAR to be
exercised. 
 (iv) Termination of Service. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, SARs will be
subject to the terms of Section 7 with respect to exercise upon termination of employment or other service. 

  
 -8-

  
 (v)
Non-Transferability. Except as may otherwise be specifically determined by the Board with respect to a particular SAR: (A) SARs may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, gifted, transferred or disposed of in any manner either
voluntarily or involuntarily by operation of law, other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, and (B) during the Participant’s lifetime, SARs will be exercisable only by the Participant (or, in the event of the
Participant’s Disability, by his personal representative). 
 SECTION 7. Termination of Service.
Unless otherwise specified with respect to a particular Option or SAR in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Board, any portion of an Option or SAR that is not exercisable upon termination of service will expire immediately
and automatically upon such termination and any portion of an Option or SAR that is exercisable upon termination of service will expire on the date it ceases to be exercisable in accordance with this Section 7. 

(a) Termination by Reason of Death. If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate terminates by reason of
death, any Option or SAR held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of his or her death or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, by the legal representative of
the estate or by the legatee of the Participant under the will of the Participant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after grant, or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 12 months from the
date of death, or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option or SAR. 
 (b) Termination by Reason of Disability. If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate terminates by reason of Disability, any Option or SAR held by such Participant may
thereafter be exercised by the Participant or his personal representative, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, for a period expiring (i) at such
time as may be specified by the Board at or after grant, or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 12 months from the date of termination of service, or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or
(ii) above, upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option or SAR. 
 (c) Cause. If a Participant’s
service with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for Cause: (i) any Option or SAR, or portion thereof, not already exercised will be immediately and automatically forfeited as of the date of such termination, and (ii) any Shares for
which the Company has not yet delivered share certificates will be immediately and automatically forfeited and the Company will refund to the Participant the Option exercise price paid for such Shares, if any. 

(d) Other Termination. If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate terminates for any reason other than
death, Disability or Cause, any Option or SAR held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or
after grant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after grant, or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 90 days from the date of termination of service, or (iii) if sooner than the
applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option or SAR. 

  
 -9-

  

SECTION 8. Restricted Stock. 
 (a) Issuance. Restricted Stock may be issued either alone or in conjunction with other Awards. The Board will determine the time or times within which Restricted Stock may be subject to forfeiture,
and all other conditions of such Awards. The purchase price for Restricted Stock may, but need not, be zero. The prospective recipient of an Award of Restricted Stock will not have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such
recipient has delivered to the Company an executed Award Agreement and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award. 
 (b) Certificates. Any share certificate issued in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock will be registered in the name of the Participant receiving the Award, and will bear the following
legend and/or any other legend required by this Plan, the Award Agreement or by Applicable Law: 
 THE
TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOBEL LEARNING COMMUNITIES, INC. 2010 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN AND AN AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN [THE
PARTICIPANT] AND NOBEL LEARNING COMMUNITIES, INC. COPIES OF THAT PLAN AND AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE IN THE PRINCIPAL OFFICES OF NOBEL LEARNING COMMUNITIES, INC. AND WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON REQUEST TO
THE SECRETARY OF NOBEL LEARNING COMMUNITIES, INC. 
 Share certificates evidencing Restricted Stock will be held in custody by the Company
or in escrow by an escrow agent until the restrictions thereon have lapsed. As a condition to any Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant may be required to deliver to the Company a share power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered
by such Award. 
 (c) Restrictions and Conditions. The Award Agreement evidencing the grant of any
Restricted Stock will incorporate the following terms and conditions and such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion: 

(i) During a period commencing with the date of an Award of Restricted Stock and ending at such time or times as
specified by the Board (the “Restriction Period”), the Participant will not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan. The Board may condition the lapse of
restrictions on Restricted Stock upon the continued employment or service of the recipient, the attainment of specified individual or corporate performance goals, or such other factors as the Board may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion.

  
 -10-

  
 (ii)
Except as provided in this paragraph (ii) or the applicable Award Agreement, once the Participant has been issued a certificate or certificates for Restricted Stock or the Restricted Stock has been issued in the Participant’s name by
book-entry registration, the Participant will have, with respect to the Restricted Stock, the right to vote the Shares, but will not have the right to receive any cash distributions or dividends prior to the lapse of the Restriction Period unless
otherwise provided under the applicable Award Agreement or as determined by the Board. If any cash distributions or dividends are payable with respect to the Restricted Stock, the Board, in its sole discretion, may require the cash distributions or
dividends to be subjected to the same Restriction Period as is applicable to the Restricted Stock with respect to which such amounts are paid, or, if the Board so determines, reinvested in additional Restricted Stock to the extent Shares are
available under Section 3(a) of the Plan. A Participant shall not be entitled to interest with respect to any dividends or distributions subjected to the Restriction Period. Any distributions or dividends paid in the form of securities
with respect to Restricted Stock will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid, including, without limitation, the same Restriction Period. 

(iii) Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award Agreement or as otherwise determined by the Board, if a
Participant’s service with the Company and it Affiliates terminates prior to the expiration of the applicable Restriction Period, the Participant’s Restricted Stock that then remains subject to forfeiture will then be forfeited
automatically. 
 (iv) If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted
Stock subject to such Restriction Period (or if and when the restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock are removed pursuant to Section 3(d) or otherwise), any certificates for such Shares will be replaced with new certificates, without
the restrictive legends described in Section 8(b) applicable to such lapsed restrictions, and such new certificates will be delivered to the Participant, the Participant’s representative (if the Participant has suffered a
Disability), or the Participant’s estate or heir (if the Participant has died). 
 SECTION 9. Restricted Stock
Units. Subject to the other terms of the Plan, the Board may grant Restricted Stock Units to eligible individuals and may, in its sole and absolute discretion, impose conditions on such units as it may deem appropriate, including, without
limitation, continued employment or service of the recipient or the attainment of specified individual or corporate performance goals. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in the form that is approved by the Board and
that is not inconsistent with the terms and conditions of the Plan. Each Restricted Stock Unit will represent a right to receive from the Company, upon fulfillment of any applicable conditions, an amount equal to the Fair Market Value (at the time
of the distribution) of one Share. Distributions may be made in cash and/or Shares. All other terms governing Restricted Stock Units, such as vesting, time and form of payment and termination of units shall be set forth in the applicable Award
Agreement. The Participant shall not have any shareholder rights with respect to the Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award until that Award vests and the Shares are actually issued thereunder. A Participant will not be permitted to sell,
transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award Agreement or as otherwise determined by the Board, if a Participant’s service with the Company
terminates prior to the Restricted Stock Unit Award vesting, the Participant’s Restricted Stock Units that then remain subject to forfeiture will then be forfeited automatically. 

  
 -11-

  
 SECTION 10.
Performance Awards. 
 (a) Performance Awards Generally. The Board may grant Performance Awards in accordance
with this Section 10. Performance Awards may be denominated as a number of Shares, a dollar amount, or specified number of other Awards (or a combination thereof) which may be earned upon achievement or satisfaction of performance
conditions specified by the Board. In addition, the Board may specify that any other Award shall constitute a Performance Award by conditioning the vesting or settlement of the Award upon the achievement or satisfaction of such performance
conditions as may be specified by the Board. Subject to Section 10(b), the Board may use such business criteria or other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing the relevant performance conditions and may, in
its discretion, adjust such criteria from time to time. 
 (b) Qualified Performance-Based Compensation Under
Section 162(m). Performance Awards intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code will be granted by a compensation committee of the Board consisting solely of at least two
individuals who are intended to qualify as “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code (or any successor section thereto) and will be subject to the terms of this Section 10(b). In accordance with
the requirements under Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum number of Shares underlying Performance Awards denominated in shares that may be granted during a calendar year to any Participant shall be 150,000 and the maximum dollar value of
Performance Awards denominated in cash that may be granted during a calendar year to any Participant shall be $1,000,000. 
 (i) Specified Business Criteria. The grant, vesting and/or settlement of a Performance Award subject to this Section 10(b) will be contingent upon achievement of one or more of the
following business criteria (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 10(b)(ii), below): 

(A) the attainment of certain target levels of, or a specified percentage increase in: revenues, income before taxes and
extraordinary items, net income, operating income, earnings before income tax, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, earning per share, after-tax or pre-tax profits, operational cash flow, return on capital employed or
returned on invested capital, after-tax or pre-tax return on stockholders’ equity, the price of the Company’s common stock or a combination of the foregoing; 

  
 -12-

  
 (B)
the achievement of a certain level of, reduction of, or other specified objectives with regard to limiting the level of increase in, the Company’s bank debt or other public or private debt or financial obligations; 

(C) the attainment of a certain level of, reduction of, or other specified objectives with regard to limiting the level
in or increase in all or a portion of controllable expenses or costs or other expenses or costs; and/or 
 (D)
any other objective business criteria that would not cause an Award to fail to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. 
 Performance goals may be established on a Company-wide basis or with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or products, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance
of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies. The performance goals for a particular performance period need not be the same for all Participants. 

(ii) Adjustments to Performance Goals. The committee described in Section 10(b) may provide, at the time
performance goals are established in accordance with Section 10(b)(i), that adjustments will be made to those performance goals to take into account, in any objective manner specified by that committee, the impact of one or more of the
following: (A) gain or loss from all or certain claims and/or litigation and insurance recoveries, (B) the impairment of tangible or intangible assets, (C) stock-based compensation expense, (D) restructuring activities reported
in the Company’s public filings, (E) investments, dispositions or acquisitions, (F) loss from the disposal of certain assets, (G) gain or loss from the early extinguishment, redemption, or repurchase of debt, (H) changes in
accounting principles, or (I) any other item, event or circumstance that would not cause an Award to fail to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. An adjustment described in this
Section 10(b)(ii) may relate to the Company or to any subsidiary, division or other operational unit of the Company or its Affiliates, as determined by the committee at the time the performance goals are established. Any adjustment shall
be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and standards, unless such other objective method of measurement is designated by the committee at the time performance objectives are established. In addition, adjustments
will be made as necessary to any performance criteria related to the Company’s stock to reflect changes in corporate capitalization, including a recapitalization, stock split or combination, stock dividend, spin-off, merger, reorganization or
other similar event or transaction affecting the Company’s equity. 
 (c) Other Terms of Performance Awards. The
Board may specify other terms pertinent to a Performance Award in the applicable Award Agreement, including terms relating to the treatment of that Award in the event of a Change in Control prior to the end of the applicable performance period. The
Participant shall not have any shareholder rights with respect to the Shares subject to a Performance Award until the Shares are actually issued thereunder. A Participant will not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber
Performance Awards. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award Agreement or as otherwise determined by the Board, if a Participant’s service with the Company terminates prior to the Performance Award vesting, the Participant’s
Performance Award or portion thereof that then remains subject to forfeiture will then be forfeited automatically. 

  
 -13-

  
 SECTION 11.
Amendments and Termination. The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan at any time. However, except as otherwise provided in Section 3, no amendment, alteration or discontinuation will be made which would impair the
rights of a Participant with respect to an Award without that Participant’s consent or which, without the approval of such amendment within 365 days of its adoption by the Board by the Company’s stockholders in a manner consistent with
Treas. Reg. § 1.422-3 (or any successor provision), would: (i) increase the total number of Shares reserved for issuance hereunder, or (ii) change the persons or class of persons eligible to receive Awards. 

SECTION 12. Prohibition on Repricing Programs. The Board shall not (i) implement any cancellation/re-grant
program pursuant to which outstanding Options or SARs under the Plan are cancelled and new Options or SARs are granted in replacement with a lower exercise or base price per share, (ii) cancel outstanding Options or SARs under the Plan with
exercise prices or base prices per share in excess of the then current Fair Market Value per Share for consideration payable in equity securities of the Company or (iii) otherwise directly reduce the exercise price or base price in effect for
outstanding Options or SARs under the Plan, without in each such instance obtaining shareholder approval. 
 SECTION 13.
Conditions Upon Grant of Awards and Issuance of Shares. 
 (a) The implementation of the Plan, the grant of
any Award and the issuance of Shares in connection with the issuance, exercise or vesting of any Award made under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having
jurisdiction over the Plan, the Awards made under the Plan and the Shares issuable pursuant to those Awards. 
 (b) No Shares or
other assets shall be issued or delivered under the Plan unless and until there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of Applicable Law, including the filing and effectiveness of the Form S-8 registration statement for the
Shares issuable under the Plan, and all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange on which Shares are then listed for trading. 
 SECTION 14. Liability of Company. 
 (a) Inability to
Obtain Authority. If the Company cannot, by the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts, obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction for the sale of any Shares under this Plan, and such authority is deemed by the
Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of those Shares, the Company will be relieved of any liability for failing to issue or sell those Shares. 
 (b) Grants Exceeding Allotted Shares. If Shares subject to an Award exceed, as of the date of grant, the number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan without additional shareholder approval,
that Award will be contingent with respect to such excess Shares, on the effectiveness under Applicable Law of a sufficient increase in the number of Shares subject to this Plan. 

  
 -14-

  
 (c) Rights of
Participants and Beneficiaries. The Company will pay all amounts payable under this Plan only to the applicable Participant, or beneficiaries entitled thereto pursuant to this Plan. The Company will not be liable for the debts, contracts, or
engagements of any Participant or his or her beneficiaries, and rights to cash payments under this Plan may not be taken in execution by attachment or garnishment, or by any other legal or equitable proceeding while in the hands of the Company.

 SECTION 15. General Provisions. 

(a) The Board may require each Participant to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring
securities of the Company for investment purposes and without a view to distribution thereof and as to such other matters as the Board believes are appropriate. Any certificate evidencing an Award and any securities issued pursuant thereto may
include any legend which the Board deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer and compliance with Applicable Law. 
 (b) All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan will be subject to such share-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem advisable under the rules,
regulations and other requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, any stock exchange upon which the Shares are then listed, and any other Applicable Law, and the Board may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such
certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. 
 (c) Nothing contained in the Plan will prevent the Board
from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required. 

(d) Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the execution of any document in connection with the Plan will: (i) confer upon any
employee or other service provider of the Company or an Affiliate any right to continued employment or engagement with the Company or such Affiliate, or (ii) interfere in any way with the right of the Company or such Affiliate to terminate the
employment or engagement of any of its employees or other service providers at any time. 
 (e) No later than the date as of
which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the Participant will pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company
regarding the payment of, any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the minimum required withholding obligations may be settled with Shares,
including Shares that are part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The obligations of the Company under the Plan will be conditioned on such payment or arrangements and the Company will have the right to deduct any such
taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant. 

  
 -15-

  
 SECTION 16.
Effective Date of Plan. The Plan will become effective on the date that it is duly approved by the Company’s stockholders. 
 SECTION 17. Term of Plan. The Plan will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 11; provided, however, that no Incentive Stock Option
will be granted hereunder on or after the 10th anniversary of the date of stockholder approval of the Plan (or, if the stockholders approve an amendment that increases the number of shares subject to the Plan, the 10th anniversary of the date of such approval); but provided
further, that Incentive Stock Options granted prior to such 10th anniversary may extend beyond that date. 
 SECTION 18. Invalid
Provisions. In the event that any provision of this Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under any Applicable Law, such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed as rendering any other provisions contained herein
as invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions will be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the invalid or unenforceable provision was not contained herein. 

SECTION 19. Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards granted hereunder will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws and judicial decisions of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws. 
 SECTION 20. Board Action. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, any and all actions of the Board or Committee, as the case may be, taken under or in
connection with the Plan and any agreements, instruments, documents, certificates or other writings entered into, executed, granted, issued and/or delivered pursuant to the terms hereof, will be subject to and limited by any and all votes, consents,
approvals, waivers or other actions of all or certain stockholders of the Company or other persons required by: 
 (a) the
Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time); 
 (b) the
Company’s Bylaws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time); and 
 (c) any other agreement,
instrument, document or writing now or hereafter existing, between or among the Company and its stockholders or other Persons (as the same may be amended from time to time). 
 SECTION 21. Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Plan must be given in writing and addressed, if to the Company, to its principal
executive office to the attention of its Chief Financial Officer (or such other Person as the Company may designate in writing from time to time), and, if to a Participant, to the address contained in the Company’s personnel files, or at such
other address as that Participant may hereafter designate in writing to the Company. Any such notice will be deemed duly given: if delivered personally or via recognized overnight delivery service, on the date and at the time so delivered; if sent
via telecopier or email, on the date and at the time telecopied or emailed with confirmation of delivery; or, if mailed, five (5) days after the date of mailing by registered or certified mail. 

  
 -16-Indenture

  
 Exhibit 4.1

 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
 GLOBAL CROSSING LIMITED 

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 9% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 Dated as of November 16, 2010 
  

 
 WILMINGTON TRUST
FSB 
 Trustee 
  

 
  

 

  
 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

  

			
	 Trust Indenture

  Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	      (a)(2)	  	7.10
	      (a)(3)	  	N.A.
	      (a)(4)	  	N.A.
	      (a)(5)	  	7.10
	      (b)	  	7.10
	      (c)	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	      (b)	  	7.11
	      (c)	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	      (b)	  	12.03
	      (c)	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	      (b)(1)	  	N.A.
	      (b)(2)	  	7.06; 7.07
	      (c)	  	7.06; 12.02
	      (d)	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03; 12.02; 12.05
	      (b)	  	N.A.
	      (c)(1)	  	12.04
	      (c)(2)	  	12.04
	      (c)(3)	  	N.A.
	      (d)	  	N.A.
	      (e)	  	12.05
	      (f)	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	      (b)	  	7.05; 12.02
	      (c)	  	7.01
	      (d)	  	7.01
	      (e)	  	6.11
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	  	2.09
	      (a)(1)(a)	  	6.05
	      (a)(1)(b)	  	6.04
	      (a)(2)	  	N.A.
	      (b)	  	6.07
	      (c)	  	2.12
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	      (a)(2)	  	6.09
	      (b)	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	      (b)	  	N.A.
	      (c)	  	12.01

 N.A. means not applicable.

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

  

  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE 1	  
	 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE
	   

  

			
	Section 1.01	  	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	Section 1.02	  	Other Definitions	  	 	25	  
	Section 1.03	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	26	  
	Section 1.04	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	26	  
	
	ARTICLE 2	  
	THE NOTES	  
			
	Section 2.01	  	Form and Dating	  	 	27	  
	Section 2.02	  	Execution and Authentication	  	 	28	  
	Section 2.03	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	28	  
	Section 2.04	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	29	  
	Section 2.05	  	Holder Lists	  	 	29	  
	Section 2.06	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	29	  
	Section 2.07	  	Replacement Notes	  	 	41	  
	Section 2.08	  	Outstanding Notes	  	 	41	  
	Section 2.09	  	Treasury Notes	  	 	41	  
	Section 2.10	  	Temporary Notes	  	 	42	  
	Section 2.11	  	Cancellation	  	 	42	  
	Section 2.12	  	Defaulted Interest	  	 	42	  
	
	ARTICLE 3	  
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  
			
	Section 3.01	  	Notices to Trustee	  	 	42	  
	Section 3.02	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	  	 	43	  
	Section 3.03	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	43	  
	Section 3.04	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	44	  
	Section 3.05	  	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	  	 	44	  
	Section 3.06	  	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	  	 	44	  
	Section 3.07	  	Optional Redemption	  	 	45	  
	Section 3.08	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	46	  
	Section 3.09	  	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	 	46	  
	
	ARTICLE 4	  
	COVENANTS	  
			
	Section 4.01	  	Payment of Notes	  	 	48	  
	Section 4.02	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	48	  
	Section 4.03	  	Reports	  	 	49	  
	Section 4.04	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	50	  
	Section 4.05	  	Taxes	  	 	50	  
	Section 4.06	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	50	  
	Section 4.07	  	Restricted Payments	  	 	51	  
	Section 4.08	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	 	54	  
	Section 4.09	  	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	 	56	  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	Section 4.10	  	Asset Sales	  	 	59	  
	Section 4.11	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	61	  
	Section 4.12	  	Liens	  	 	63	  
	Section 4.13	  	Business Activities	  	 	63	  
	Section 4.14	  	Preservation of Legal Existence, Etc.	  	 	64	  
	Section 4.15	  	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	64	  
	Section 4.16	  	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	 	65	  
	Section 4.17	  	Payments for Consent	  	 	66	  
	Section 4.18	  	Additional Note Guarantees	  	 	66	  
	Section 4.19	  	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	67	  
	Section 4.20	  	Currency Indemnity	  	 	68	  
	Section 4.21	  	Additional Amounts	  	 	68	  
	
	ARTICLE 5	  
	SUCCESSORS	  
			
	Section 5.01	  	Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	  	 	71	  
	Section 5.02	  	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	 	72	  
	
	ARTICLE 6	  
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
			
	Section 6.01	  	Events of Default	  	 	73	  
	Section 6.02	  	Acceleration	  	 	74	  
	Section 6.03	  	Other Remedies	  	 	75	  
	Section 6.04	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	75	  
	Section 6.05	  	Control by Majority	  	 	75	  
	Section 6.06	  	Limitation on Suits	  	 	75	  
	Section 6.07	  	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	 	76	  
	Section 6.08	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	76	  
	Section 6.09	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	76	  
	Section 6.10	  	Priorities	  	 	77	  
	Section 6.11	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	77	  
	
	ARTICLE 7	  
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	Section 7.01	  	Duties of Trustee	  	 	77	  
	Section 7.02	  	Rights of Trustee	  	 	78	  
	Section 7.03	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	79	  
	Section 7.04	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	79	  
	Section 7.05	  	Notice of Defaults	  	 	79	  
	Section 7.06	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	 	79	  
	Section 7.07	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	79	  
	Section 7.08	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	80	  
	Section 7.09	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	81	  
	Section 7.10	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	81	  
	Section 7.11	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	 	81	  
	
	ARTICLE 8	  
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  
			
	Section 8.01	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	82	  
	Section 8.02	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	82	  
	Section 8.03	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	82	  

  
 ii

  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	Section 8.04	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	83	  
	Section 8.05	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	84	  
	Section 8.06	  	Repayment to Company	  	 	84	  
	Section 8.07	  	Reinstatement	  	 	85	  
	
	ARTICLE 9	  
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  
			
	Section 9.01	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	85	  
	Section 9.02	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	86	  
	Section 9.03	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	87	  
	Section 9.04	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	87	  
	Section 9.05	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	88	  
	Section 9.06	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	88	  
	
	ARTICLE 10	  
	NOTE GUARANTEES	  
			
	Section 10.01	  	Guarantee	  	 	88	  
	Section 10.02	  	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	90	  
	Section 10.03	  	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	  	 	93	  
	Section 10.04	  	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	 	94	  
	Section 10.05	  	Releases	  	 	94	  
	
	ARTICLE 11	  
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  
			
	Section 11.01	  	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	 	95	  
	Section 11.02	  	Application of Trust Money	  	 	96	  
	
	ARTICLE 12	  
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	Section 12.01	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	97	  
	Section 12.02	  	Notices	  	 	97	  
	Section 12.03	  	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	 	98	  
	Section 12.04	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	98	  
	Section 12.05	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	98	  
	Section 12.06	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	99	  
	Section 12.07	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders	  	 	99	  
	Section 12.08	  	Governing Law	  	 	99	  
	Section 12.09	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	99	  
	Section 12.10	  	Successors	  	 	99	  
	Section 12.11	  	Severability	  	 	99	  
	Section 12.12	  	Counterpart Originals	  	 	100	  
	Section 12.13	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	100	  
	Section 12.14	  	Waiver of Immunity	  	 	100	  
	Section 12.15	  	Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process	  	 	100	  

 EXHIBITS 

 

			
	Exhibit A	  	FORM OF NOTE
	Exhibit B	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	Exhibit C	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

  
 iii

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	Exhibit D	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR	  	
	Exhibit E	  	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE	  	
	Exhibit F	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE	  	

  
 iv

  
 INDENTURE dated as of
November 16, 2010, among Global Crossing Limited, an exempted company with limited liability formed under the laws of Bermuda, the Guarantors (as defined) and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee. 

The Company (as defined), the Guarantors and the Trustee (as defined) agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal
and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 9% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE 1

 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is amalgamated with or is merged with or into
or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with
Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 
 “Adjusted Net Assets” shall
only take into account the sum of the values of the assets of the relevant German Guarantor determined in accordance with applicable law and court decisions that are equivalent to those items listed in section 266 subsection (2) A, B and C of
the German Commercial Code (“HGB”) less the relevant German Guarantor’s liabilities (consisting of all liabilities and liability reserves which correspond to those items listed in accordance with section 266 subsection
(3) B, C and D of the HGB). For the purposes of calculating the Adjusted Net Assets, the following balance sheet items shall be adjusted as follows: (a) the amount of any increase in the registered share capital of the relevant German
Guarantor which was carried out after the relevant German Guarantor became a party to the Note Guarantee and/or this Indenture without the prior written consent of the Trustee shall be deducted from the amount of the registered share capital of the
relevant German Guarantor; (b) any funds under the Note Guarantee or this Indenture which have been or are on-lent or otherwise passed on to the relevant German Guarantor or to any subsidiary of such German Guarantor and have not yet been
repaid at the time when payment under the Guarantee is demanded, shall be disregarded; (c) loans or other contractual liabilities incurred by the relevant German Guarantor in breach of the Note Guarantee and/or this Indenture shall not be taken
into account as liabilities. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this 

  
 1 

 
definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of
such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”
have correlative meanings. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying
agent. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial
interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of this Indenture described under Section 4.15 hereof and/or the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and

 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the
following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale: 
 (1) any single transaction or series of related
transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $5.0 million; 
 (2) a transfer of
assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) sales of
property or equipment that, in the reasonable determination of the Company, has become worn out, obsolete or damaged or otherwise unsuitable for use in connection with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(5) the sale, grant, lease, sublease, license, sublicense, consignment, conveyance or other disposition of equipment,
inventory, telecommunications product, service or capacity, indefeasible rights of use, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(7) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 hereof or a Permitted Investment; and 

(8) dispositions of receivables and related assets or interests in connection with the compromise, settlement or
collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements. 

  
 2 

  
 “Attributable
Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback
transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction,
determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the
definition of Capital Lease Obligation. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or
state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3
and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have
beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms
“Beneficially Owns”, “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board of Directors” means: 
 (1) with respect to
a company or corporation, the board of directors of the company or corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and 

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 

“Broker-Dealer” means any broker or dealer registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act. 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of
a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior
to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. 
 “Capital
Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a company or corporation, shares or corporate stock, respectively;

 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or
other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 

  
 3 

  
 (3) in
the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, 

but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of
participation with Capital Stock. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by: (a) the United States government,
(b) Switzerland or (c) the United Kingdom, or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, Switzerland or the United Kingdom, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof; 
 (2) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political
subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s
or any successor thereto; 
 (3) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation
thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-2 from S&P or at least P-2 from Moody’s; 
 (4) demand deposits, certificates of deposit, time deposits or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by (a) any bank organized under the laws
of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or (b) any U.S. branch of a non-U.S. bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million; 

(5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in
clause (1) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 

(6) to the extent an Investment is made using the currency of any country generated from the operations of a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company in that country, demand deposits, certificates of deposit, time deposits or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any of the ten largest banks (based on assets as
of the most recent December 31) organized under the laws of such country; provided that such bank is not under intervention, receivership or any similar arrangement at the time of making such Investment; and 

(7) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all of their assets in (a) cash in
(i) Argentina, Australia, Bermuda, Brazil, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Japan, Mexico, The Netherlands, Panama, Peru, Singapore, Spain, the United States and the United Kingdom, and any
state, province or territory or other political subdivision of any of the foregoing or (ii) any country that is a member of the European Economic and Monetary Union (EMU) and/or (b) securities of the types described in clauses
(1) through (5) above. 

  
 4 

  
 “Change of
Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act)) other than the Permitted Holders; 

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger, amalgamation or consolidation), the
result of which is that any Person (including any “person” (as defined in clause (1) above)), other than the Permitted Holders, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company,
measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or 
 (4) the first day on which a majority of the members
of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream
Banking, S.A. 
 “Collateral Documents” means, with respect to any secured Indebtedness, each document
purporting to grant a Lien on any property, assets or Equity Interests, or establishing the perfection or registration of such Lien, securing such Indebtedness. 
 “Colombia Notes” means the Senior Guaranteed Notes due December 18, 2010, of Impsat Colombia. 
 “Colombia Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated December 18, 2003, governing the Colombia Notes. 
 “Company” means Global Crossing Limited, an exempted company with limited liability formed under the laws of Bermuda, and any and all successors thereto. 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means, with respect to notes to be redeemed, the U.S. Treasury security selected by an
Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2014, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate
debt securities; provided that if such period is less than one year then the U.S. Treasury security having a maturity of one year shall be used. 
 “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date: 
 (1) the average of four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations; or 

(2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Reference
Treasury Dealer Quotations. 
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any
period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication: 
 (1)
provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  

  
 5 

  
 (2) the
Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  

(3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles, but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses
that were paid in a prior period (other than amortization of prepaid cash expenses relating to the installation of equipment and costs of connecting customers to the Company’s network)) and other non-cash expenses (including, without
limitation, non-cash expenses resulting from currency translation adjustments, but excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash
expense that was paid in a prior period (other than amortization of prepaid cash expenses relating to the installation of equipment and costs of connecting customers to the Company’s network)) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  
 (4) legal, accounting and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness and the write-off of deferred financing costs from time to time; plus  

(5) acquisition-related costs and restructuring reserves incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with the acquisition of, merger, amalgamation or consolidation with, any Person expensed in computing such Consolidated Net Income to the extent the same would have been capitalized prior to the adoption of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 141R, Business Combinations; plus  
 (6) other non-recurring or
unusual losses or expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (as determined by the Company in good faith and in accordance with Regulation G, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the extent
deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; minus  
 (7) non-recurring or unusual gains of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (as determined by the Company in good faith in accordance with Regulation G, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act and the Exchange Act). minus  

(8) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period (including, without limitation, non-cash gains
resulting from currency translation adjustments), other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, 
 in each case, on a
consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to
any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; 

  
 6 

  
 (2) the
Net Income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person will be excluded to the extent that a corresponding amount could not be transferred (including by way or one or more of the following: (a) dividend, (b) loan,
(c) repayment of intercompany loans, (d) other conveyances) to such Person at the date of determination as a result of any restriction pursuant to the constituent documents of such Restricted Subsidiary or any law, regulation, agreement or
judgment applicable to any such distribution (and the equity in any net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included in determining Consolidated Net Income); 

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and 

(4) the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person will be excluded, whether or not distributed to the
specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries. 
 “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, for any Person as of
any date of determination, an amount equal to (i) the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) (without duplication) of all Indebtedness and (ii) the aggregate amount of Disqualified Stock, of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis outstanding at such time, with all Hedging Obligations valued at the net amount that the same are reflected as a liability upon the most recent balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in
accordance with GAAP. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board
of Directors of the Company who: 
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or

 (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the
Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or
such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
 “Credit Facilities” means one or
more debt facilities with banks or other institutional lenders, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, in each case providing for revolving credit loans
or letters of credit. 
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form,
or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Deeply Subordinated Debt” means Indebtedness of the Company or any
Guarantor that (1) is Subordinated Indebtedness, (2) does not require or permit any cash payment of any Obligation thereon prior to its maturity (but which may require or permit prior to the maturity thereof (x) the payment of any
Obligations thereon in kind or in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) and/or (y) the conversion or exchange of such Indebtedness into Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)) and (3) does
not mature prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes. 

  
 7 

  

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of
Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued
in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global
form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which
it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of
such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be
outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such
Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants,
options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or private sale either (1) of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) or
(2) of Equity Interests of a direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) to the extent that the net cash proceeds therefrom are contributed to the common equity capital of the
Company. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. 

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Exchange Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

  
 8 

  
 “Excluded
Restricted Subsidiary” means: 
 (1) any Immaterial Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is (a) prohibited by the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization, or by any regulatory authority to which it is subject, from guaranteeing the Notes, or (b) incorporated or organized in a jurisdiction for so long as the laws of such jurisdiction do not permit such Restricted Subsidiary to
enter into a Note Guarantee that is Full and Unconditional guarantee of all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture incurred on the date of this Indenture (and any related Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement), without significant risk of civil or criminal liability, all as determined by the Company in consultation with its counsel, in each case under clauses (a) and (b) above, until such date as the Company and
its counsel determine that clauses (a) and (b) above no longer apply to such Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) Impsat Colombia until the earlier of (a) the time that the Colombia Notes Indenture no longer prohibits the
guarantee of the Notes by Impsat Colombia and (b) the repayment, defeasance, discharge, repurchase, cancellation or extinguishment of the Colombia Notes, whether at final maturity on December 18, 2010 or otherwise; 

(4) SAC Peru S.R.L.; 
 (5) GC Pan European Crossing France S.A.R.L.; 
 (6) GC SAC
Argentina S.R.L. and GC Argentina; and 
 (7) the Global Crossing Landing Mexicana S. De R.L., so long as such
Subsidiary is not a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means
Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the date of this Indenture, other than Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings and purchase money obligations in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such
amounts are repaid. With respect to any secured Indebtedness that constitutes Existing Indebtedness, “Existing Indebtedness” will be deemed to include all obligations arising under related Collateral Documents to the extent such
obligations constitute Indebtedness. 
 “Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing
buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, as determined in good faith by (1) the chief financial officer of the Company, if such value is equal to or less than $35.0 million
and (2) the Board of Directors of the Company, if such value exceeds $35.0 million, in each case unless otherwise provided in this Indenture). 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or
accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (including interest calculations in accordance with FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1 for all purposes other than
determining Fixed Charges under Section 4.07(a)(iii)(A) hereof), the interest component of any deferred payment obligations or contingent obligations, the interest component of all payments

  
 9 

 
associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or
bankers’ acceptance financings and late payment charges, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus  

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such
period; plus  
 (3) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or
one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus  

(4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred
stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Full and Unconditional” has the meaning set forth in Rule 3-10
of Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act or any successor rule. 
 “GAAP” means generally
accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board,
as in effect on the date of this Indenture. At any time after the date of this Indenture, the Company may elect (by providing an Officer’s Certificate to that effect to the Trustee) to apply IFRS for all purposes of this Indenture, in lieu of
GAAP, and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP will thereafter be construed to mean IFRS, as in effect as of the date of such election; provided that for so long as such election is in effect (a) all financial statements
and reports required to be provided, after such election, pursuant to this Indenture will be prepared on the basis of IFRS, as in effect from time to time (including that, upon first reporting its fiscal year results under IFRS, the Company will
restate its financial statements on the basis of IFRS for the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the first fiscal year for which financial statements have been prepared on the basis of IFRS) and (b) after such election, all ratios,
computations and other determinations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with IFRS; provided further, that the making of an election referred to in this sentence shall not result in the incurrence of
Indebtedness. 
 “GC UK” means Global Crossing (UK) Telecommunications Limited, a company organized under the
laws of England and Wales. 
 “GC UK Intercompany Debt” means the Obligations in pounds sterling owing to
GC UK in respect of Indebtedness issued pursuant to: 
 (1) the Inter-Company Credit Agreement, dated as of
April 2006, between and among Global Crossing (UK) Telecommunications Limited, as lender, the Company Europe Limited, as borrower, and the Company Limited, as guarantor, as amended from time to time prior to the date of this Indenture; 

  
 10 

  
 (2) the
Guarantee, dated as of April 2006, by Global Crossing Limited, as guarantor, in favour of Global Crossing (UK) Telecommunications Limited, as beneficiary, as amended from time to time prior to the date of this Indenture; and 

(3) all borrowing requests thereunder. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global
Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Government Securities” means the direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and
credit. 
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in
the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness
(whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise). 

“Guarantor” means: 
 (1) each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company existing on the date of this Indenture that is not an Excluded Restricted Subsidiary on the date of this Indenture; and 

(2) any Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture,

 and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the
obligations of such Person under: 
 (1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from
floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; 
 (2) other agreements or
arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; 
 (3) other agreements or arrangements
designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices; and 
 (4)
other agreements with respect to one or more options or other derivative transactions entered into in connection with the issuance of convertible Indebtedness. 

  
 11 

  

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note
Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional
Accredited Investors. 
 “IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable
accounting requirements promulgated from time to time by the International Accounting Standards Board (or any successor board or agency). 
 “Immaterial Restricted Subsidiary” means (1) as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that has, as of such date, tangible assets with a book value of less than
$500,000 and which either (x) had less than $500,000 in total revenues for its most recently ended four full fiscal quarters or (y) is not reasonably expected by the chief financial officer of the Company to generate revenues at any time
after such date due to the sale, disposition or discontinuation of such Subsidiary’s assets or operations, (2) each of GC Hungary Holdings Property Management LLC, Geoconference Limited, Global Crossing Conferencing Limited, Global
Crossing PEC Czech s.r.o, Global Crossing PEC Norge AS and Global Crossing PEC Ostereich GmbH and (3) each of Corlew Investment, S.A., Deason Investment, S.A., International Satellite Communication Holding Aktiengesellschaft, Genesis Networks
(International) Limited and Global Crossing België b.v.b.a. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may elect from time to time, in its sole discretion (any such election shall be made in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the
Trustee), to cause any Subsidiary that otherwise meets the definition of Immaterial Restricted Subsidiary to not constitute an Immaterial Restricted Subsidiary, whereupon such Subsidiary shall cease to be an Immaterial Restricted Subsidiary.

 “Impsat Colombia” means Global Crossing Colombia S.A., a Colombian company. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses
and trade payables), whether or not contingent: 
 (1) in respect of borrowed money; 

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof); 
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions; 

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six
months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or 
 (6) representing any Hedging
Obligations, 
 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would
appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether
or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. 

  
 12 

  

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Investment Banker” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC or Goldman, Sachs & Co. and their
respective successors, or, if such firms or their respective successors, if any, as the case may be, are unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the
Company. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a
Participant. 
 “Initial Notes” means the $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this
Indenture on the date hereof. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman,
Sachs & Co. 
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited
investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons
(including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding the extension of trade credit and deposits, in each case in the ordinary course of business in accordance with
customary practice and on reasonable terms, and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, directors and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests
of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such
sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined pursuant to Section 4.07(c) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person
in such third Person in an amount determined pursuant to Section 4.07(c) hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding
day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
 “Letter of
Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 

  
 13 

  
 “Leverage
Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) the Consolidated Total Indebtedness of such Person as of such date to (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for the most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date (the “Four Quarter Period”). In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the Four Quarter Period for
which the Leverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Leverage Ratio is made (the “Ratio Date”), then the Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma
effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same
had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Four Quarter Period. 
 In addition, for purposes of calculating the Leverage
Ratio: 
 (1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
including through mergers, amalgamations or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including
increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the applicable Four Quarter Period or subsequent to such period and on or prior to the Ratio Date will be given pro forma effect (in accordance with Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to
the Securities Act) as if they had occurred on the first day of the applicable Four Quarter Period; 
 (2) the
Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Ratio Date, will be excluded; 

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or
businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Ratio Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries following the Ratio Date; 
 (4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary of the
specified Person on the Ratio Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person at all times during the applicable Four Quarter Period; 

(5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person on the Ratio Date will be deemed not to have
been a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person at any time during the applicable Four Quarter Period; and 

(6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as
if the rate in effect on the Ratio Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Ratio Date in excess of
12 months). 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest
or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected or 

  
 14 

 
registered under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance
with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 
 (1) any gain
or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: (a) any asset sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the
extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
 (2) any
extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss. 
 “Net
Proceeds” means the aggregate cash and Cash Equivalents proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash and Cash Equivalents received upon the sale
or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any
relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and any reserve for
adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Non-Recourse
Debt” means Indebtedness: 
 (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness (other than the pledge of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary)) or (b) is directly or indirectly
liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and 
 (2) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they
will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary). 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s Obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the
preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture; provided, however, that any Additional Notes may not have the same CUSIP number (or be
represented by the same Global Note or Global Notes) as the Notes unless either (i) the Additional Notes are treated as part of the same issue for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) both the Notes and the Additional Notes are issued
with no (or less than a de minimis amount of) original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

  
 15 

  

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other
liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offering Circular” means the
confidential offering circular, dated November 10, 2010, with respect to the initial offer and sale of the Notes and guarantees by the Company and the guarantors. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the
Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 
 “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the
requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 
 “Pari Passu Obligations” means all Obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment with
the Notes and the Guarantees. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream,
a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
 “Permitted Business” means the business or businesses conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of this Indenture and any business reasonably ancillary,
complimentary similar or related thereto. 
 “Permitted Holder” means (1) Temasek Holdings (Private)
Limited (investment company) and any of its Subsidiaries and (2) STT and any of its Subsidiaries. 
 “Permitted
Investments” means: 
 (1) Investments in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or in
any Person that, as a result of the relevant Investment (x) becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (y) is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash
Equivalents; 
 (3) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset
Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; 
 (4) any acquisition of assets
or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 

  
 16 

  
 (5) any
Investments received in compromise or resolution of (a) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of
reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer or (b) any litigation, arbitration or other dispute; 

(6) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations; 

(7) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $4.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (8)
Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any third-party financial institution in the form of cash deposits, and which an amount equivalent to such investment is lent by such financial institution, including any affiliates
thereof, to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (9) repurchases of the Notes and related guarantees
or of the Exchange Notes and related guarantees; 
 (10) netting of intercompany balances, including changing
underlying currencies, and/or conversion of intercompany balances into capital contributions among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case to the extent the making of such intercompany balances constituted an Investment when made)
in transactions that do not involve the transfer of any cash or assets (other than the conversion of intercompany receivables into a capital contribution) and consistent with the practices and policies of the Company in effect on the date of this
Indenture; 
 (11) any Investment (including Investments in Subsidiaries) existing on, or made pursuant to
written agreements existing on, the date of this Indenture and any Investment consisting of an extension or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a written agreement existing on, the date of this Indenture; and 

(12) other Investments made after the date of this Indenture in any Person, when taken together with all other Investments
made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $50.0 million; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments outstanding at any time pursuant to this clause (12) shall be reduced (without
reducing the aggregate availability of this clause (12)) by an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (12) after the date of this Indenture resulting
from, without duplication (a) repayments of loans or advances or payment of return of equity contributions in the form of dividends or distributions, as the case may be, in each case to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary that initially
made such Investment, from such Investment, (b) the net cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that made any such Investment from the sale of such Investment or (c) a redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary
that was the recipient of such Investment as a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company so long as at such time such Investment would not constitute a Restricted Investment by such Unrestricted Subsidiary that is redesignated in any such case described
in clauses (a) through (c) above, not to exceed the amount of the Investment previously made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person in reliance on this clause (12) and; provided further, any amounts in the
foregoing proviso that reduce the Investments deemed to be outstanding pursuant to this clause (12) will be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(iii) hereof; 

  
 17 

  
 “Permitted
Liens” means: 
 (1) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes and/or the Note
Guarantees issued from time to time (and any related exchange notes issued pursuant to the applicable registration rights agreement); 
 (2) Liens in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other
than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition; 
 (5) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business (a) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security (including any Lien
securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection therewith) or (b) to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government
performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); 
 (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by of Section 4.09(b)(3) hereof covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness (including
improvements and accessions to such assets or proceeds or distributions thereof); 
 (7) Liens (a) existing
on the date of this Indenture and (b) from time to time securing the Senior Secured Notes initially issued on September 22, 2009 (and the registered Senior Secured Notes initially issued in exchange therefor on August 1, 2010);

 (8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 

(9) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and
other Liens imposed by law (including tax Liens) incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall
have been made in respect thereof; 
 (10) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights
of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, and zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor

  
 18 

 
defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances), which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of material properties or materially impair their use in the
operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (11) Liens constituting any interest
of title of a lessor, a licensor or either’s creditors in the property subject to any lease (other than a capital lease), and leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to any other Person that do not materially interfere with the
ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (12) Liens arising
from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(13) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s
obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(14) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and
other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; 
 (15) Liens encumbering
deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual, or warranty requirements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, including rights of offset and set-off; 

(16) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangement for the
sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (17) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event
of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceeding may be
initiated has not expired; 
 (18) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that: 
 (a) the new Lien shall be limited to all
or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions
thereof); and 
 (b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum
of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding,
refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge; 
 (19) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities
arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation or export of goods in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 19 

  
 (20)
Liens securing Indebtedness; provided that, as of the date of incurrence of Indebtedness in reliance on this clause (20), the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) (without duplication) of all outstanding Indebtedness
for money borrowed of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis outstanding at such time secured by Liens on the property, assets and Equity Interests of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date,
determined on a pro forma basis for such incurrence (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), does not exceed the product of 3.00 times the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the then most recent four fiscal quarters
for which internal financial statements are available (with Consolidated Cash Flow being determined on a pro forma basis calculated in a manner consistent with the calculation thereof for purposes of the definition of Leverage Ratio); provided
further that (a) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred in reliance on this clause (20) shall continue to be permitted hereunder regardless of subsequent changes in Consolidated Cash Flow after the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness
and related Liens and (b) this clause (20) shall permit additional Liens to secure such Indebtedness, after the initial date of incurrence thereof, on any and all property, assets and Equity Interests owned at any time by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, regardless of subsequent changes in Consolidated Cash Flow. 
 (21) Liens on
property, assets or Equity Interests securing Indebtedness (a) incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(15) hereof and/or securing Hedging Obligations with respect thereto and/or securing Obligations under Treasury Management Arrangements with
respect thereto and (b) representing Hedging Obligations incurred by the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(8) hereof; 
 (22) non-consensual Liens imposed in jurisdictions outside of the United States, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Bermuda, the United Kingdom, Canada, Luxembourg or the Netherlands to the extent not arising out
of the incurrence of indebtedness for borrowed money; provided that the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary of the Company exercises commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Lien to be discharged or released; and 

(23) Liens not otherwise permitted pursuant to the preceding clauses (1) through (22) securing obligations that
do not exceed $25.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding. 
 “Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums,
incurred in connection therewith); 
 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later
than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; 

  
 20 

  
 (3) if
the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes
or such Note Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and 

(4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is the obligor
on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged. 
 “Person” means
any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued
under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “QIB” means a
“qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Qualified Jurisdictions” means each of
Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Ireland, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, the United States, any state of the United States and the District of Columbia. 
 “Qualified Preferred Stock” means preferred stock that, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature, (1) does not mature and is not redeemable,
by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or in part and (2) does not require or
permit any payment of dividends or other cash payment in respect thereof (but which may require or permit the payment of dividends thereon in kind or in Qualified Preferred Stock). 

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC or Goldman Sachs & Co. and four additional
primary Government Securities dealers in New York City (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) selected by the Company, and their successors; provided, however, that if any such firm or any such successor, as the case may
be, shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City, the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer. 
 “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices
of the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such
redemption date. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated
as of November 16, 2010, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one
or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of
Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation
S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

  
 21 

  
 “Regulation S
Global Note” a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued
in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust
Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers in each case that is responsible for
administering this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group. 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Secured Notes” means the Company’s 12% senior secured notes due 2015 issued from time to time pursuant to
the Senior Secured Notes Indenture or any other series of senior secured notes that may from time to time be issued thereunder, taken together with the guarantees of such notes by those Subsidiaries of the Company that are party to such indenture.

 “Senior Secured Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated September 22, 2009 among the Company, as
issuer, certain Subsidiaries of the Company that from time to time are party thereto, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee, as the same may be supplemented, amended, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights
Agreement. 

  
 22 

  
 “Significant
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (1) that would be a “significant subsidiary” pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of the definition thereof as set forth in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant
to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture, or (2) the total consolidated revenues of which for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which the Company’s internal financial
statements are available at the time constituted greater than 5% of the total revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period. 
 “Special Interest” means all Special Interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be
paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of this Indenture, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the
payment thereof; provided that in the case of any Indebtedness on which payment of interest or principal is due upon demand by the obligee thereof, the Stated Maturity of such installment of interest or principal shall be the date on which
demand for payment is made. 
 “STT” means STT Communications, Ltd., a company organized under the laws of
Singapore. 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that is
contractually subordinated in right of payment (by the terms of any documents or instrument relating thereto) to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, as applicable. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of
Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or shareholders’ or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of
directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof);
provided, that for purposes of this Indenture Global Crossing Landing Mexicana S. de R.L. shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary of the Company for as long as such entity is treated as a Subsidiary in the consolidated books and records of the
Company; and 
 (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is
such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof). 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 

“Treasury Management Arrangement” means any agreement or other arrangement governing the provision of treasury or cash
management services, including deposit accounts, overdraft lines or other similar arrangements, credit or debit card, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox,
account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services. 
 “Treasury
Rate” means, as of any redemption date, (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) or any successor
publication that is published weekly by the Board of 

  
 23 

 
Governors of the Federal Reserve System and that establishes yield on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant
Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the stated maturity, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable
Treasury Issue shall be determined, and the Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight-line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during
the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed
as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price of such redemption date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date. 

“Trustee” means Wilmington Trust FSB until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this
Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a
Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global
Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of this
Indenture as set forth in Section 4.19(b) or is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.19(a), but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

(2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding
with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at
the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the
Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve
any specified levels of operating results; and 
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly
provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, that the pledge of Equity Interests of any Subsidiary by the holders of such Equity Interests shall be deemed to not be the indirect
provision of credit support by such Subsidiary. 
 “Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations” means any Indebtedness of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes and that also is not secured by any Lien on any property, assets or Equity Interests of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and which
contains provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, redeem or prepay such unsecured Indebtedness (or the making of an offer to do so) with the proceeds of any sales of property, assets or Equity
Interests. 

  
 24 

  
 “U.S.
Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Voting
Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by
dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such
Indebtedness. 
 Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
		
	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	4.21(b)
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11(a)
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Belgian Guarantor”
	  	10.02(a)
	 “Calculation Period”
	  	4.07(a)
	 “Calculation Time”
	  	4.09(a)
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15(a)
	 “Colombian Guarantor”
	  	10.02(a)
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Danish Guarantor”
	  	10.02(a)
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10(c)
	 “Four Quarter Period”
	  	1.01
	 “Future Guarantor”
	  	10.02(b)
	 “German Guarantor”
	  	10.02(a)
	 “HGB”
	  	1.01
	 “incur”
	  	4.09(a)
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Leverage Ratio Test”
	  	4.09(a)
	 “Luxembourg Guarantor”
	  	10.02(a)
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Other Guarantor”
	  	10.02(a)
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payor”
	  	4.21(a)

  
 25 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
		
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09(b)
	 “Payment Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Primary Treasury Dealer”
	  	1.01
	 “Process Agent”
	  	12.15(b)
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Ratio Date”
	  	1.01
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”
	  	4.21(a)
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07(a)
	 “Spanish Guarantor”
	  	10.02(a)
	 “Swedish Guarantor”
	  	10.02(a)
	 “Swiss Guarantor”
	  	10.02(a)
	 “Taxes”
	  	4.21(a)
	 “U.S. Guarantor”
	  	10.02(a)
	 “Venezuelan Guarantor”
	  	10.02(a)

 Section 1.03 Incorporation
by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the
following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor
obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning
assigned to it; 
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 

  
 26 

  
 (4)
words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 
 (5) “will” shall
be interpreted to express a command; 
 (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute,
replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01
Form and Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000
and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and
delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern
and be controlling. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the
Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it
represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to
reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the
direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 

(c) Regulation S Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of the
Regulation S Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the
accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period will be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:

 (1) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and
Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an
interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note bearing a Private
Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and 

  
 27 

  
 (2) an
Officer’s Certificate from the Company. 
 (d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of
the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream
will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 
 At least one Officer shall
execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no
longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 
 A Note shall not be
entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that
the Note has been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the
Company signed by one Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes issued from time to time. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at
any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders, the Company or an Affiliate
of the Company. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented
for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term
“Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in
writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as
Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as
Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 

  
 28 

  
 The Company initially
appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree
in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by
the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the
Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust
fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA
§ 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as
of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer
and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary
or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: 

(1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as
Depositary for the applicable Global Notes or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the
Depositary; 
 (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part)
should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 
 (3)
an owner of beneficial interests in a Global Note, at its option, elects to receive Definitive Notes, if there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. 

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as
the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any
portion thereof, pursuant to this 

  
 29 

 
Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other
than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the
Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the
other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global
Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in
the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S.
Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or
instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 
 (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1)
above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 
 (A) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant
account to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such
Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; 

  
 30 

  
 Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer
by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered
by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise
applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of
a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor
must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a
beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 (4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in
an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of
a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an
exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who
is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by
a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
 (i) if the holder of
such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications
in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

  
 31 

  
 (ii)
if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from
such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set
forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred
pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged
for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in
a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial
interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

  
 32 

  
 (E) if
such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (b) through (d) above, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such
beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof,
and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions
from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 

(2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

  
 33 

  
 (ii)
if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this
subparagraph (D), if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will
cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the
instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized
denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the
Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted
Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such
Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

  
 34 

  
 (E) if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (b) through
(d) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to
the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of,
in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global
Note. 
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of
a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance
with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted
Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

  
 35 

  
 and, in each such case
set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal
amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate
principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive
Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such
Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender
to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting
Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred
to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transfer will
be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

  
 36 

  
 (2)
Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange
Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer,
(ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such
Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set
forth in this subparagraph (D) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and
in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may
transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate: 

(1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of
the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and 

  
 37 

  
 (2)
Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that
(A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company. 

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global
Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

 (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this
Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 (1) Private
Placement Legend. 
 (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each
Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 “[THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE
MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.]1 [THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND
MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS
USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]2 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE
OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES 

 

	1	 Bracketed text to be included only in Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

  

	2	 Bracketed text to be included only in Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S.

  
 38 

 
ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT TO AN
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (IV) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF
REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THE NOTES AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OF LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (V) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS
NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.” 
 (B) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the
Private Placement Legend. 
 (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially
the following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN
CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE,
(2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS
GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN
WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE
DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK)
(“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 

  
 39 

  
 (h) Cancellation
and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part,
each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a
Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on
such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global
Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof. 

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive
Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 
 (3) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt,
and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (4) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required: 
 (A)
to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on
the day of selection; 
 (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole
or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer
of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
 (5) Prior to due
presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is 

  
 40 

 
registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the
Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (6) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and
Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
 (7) All certifications,
certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the
Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the
judgment of (i) the Trustee to protect the Trustee and (ii) the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for
its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to
all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.08
Outstanding Notes. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those
canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as
set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding
for purposes of Section 3.07(a) hereof. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If
the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and
after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.09 Treasury
Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction,
waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not
outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

  
 41 

  
 Section 2.10 Temporary
Notes. 
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt
of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange
or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act
and the Trustee). Certification of the cancellation of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company upon the request from the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of
the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be
less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company)
will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a
redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 
 (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to
which the redemption shall occur; 
 (2) the redemption date; 

  
 42 

  
 (3) the
principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 
 (4) the redemption price. 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of
Notes issued in global form as set forth under Section 2.01(b) hereof, based on a method that most nearly approximates a pro rata selection as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate) unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock
exchange or depositary requirements; provided that the authorized denomination of the Notes is maintained. 
 In the
event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from
the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in
writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in authorized
denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held
by such Holder, even if not equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or
purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company
will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the
notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof. 
 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 

(1) the redemption date; 
 (2) the redemption price; 
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in
part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the
original Note; 
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

  
 43 

  
 (5)
that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
 (6)
that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP/CINS number, if any, listed in such
notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the
Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date or such shorter period as the Trustee shall approve in its discretion, an
Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
 Once notice of
redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued
interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the
redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Company complies with
the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an
interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for
redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until
such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 
 Upon
surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 

  
 44 

  
 Section 3.07 Optional
Redemption. 
 (a) At any time prior to November 15, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 109% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to
the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that: 

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held
by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 
 (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
 (b) On or after November 15, 2014, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15 of the years
indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2014
	  	 	104.500	% 
	 2015
	  	 	102.250	% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (c) At any
time prior to November 15, 2014, the Company may, on any one or more occasions, redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to the sum of the present values of
(1) the redemption price of the Notes to be redeemed at November 15, 2014 (set forth in Section 3.07(b) hereof), and (2) the remaining scheduled payments of interest on such Notes from the redemption date through
November 15, 2014, excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in each case discounted to the redemption date, computed on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using a discount rate
equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on such Notes to the redemption date. The notice of redemption with respect to any redemption pursuant to this
Section 3.07(c) need not set forth the redemption price, but shall set forth the manner of calculation thereof. The Company will notify the Trustee of the redemption price with respect to any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07(c)
promptly after calculation thereof and the Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation. 
 (d) If, as a
result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws (or any rules or regulations thereunder) or treaties applicable to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, or any amendment to or change in an official interpretation or application of such laws, rules,
regulations or treaties, which amendment to or change of such laws, rules, regulations or treaties becomes effective on or after the date of this Indenture, the Company or any other Payor would be obligated, after taking all reasonable measures to
avoid this requirement, to pay Additional Amounts (provided that the Company and any other Payor, as the case may be, shall not be required to take any measures that, in its reasonable determination, would result in the imposition on it of
any material legal or regulatory burden or the incurrence by it of any material costs, or would otherwise result in any material adverse consequences), then, at the Company’s 

  
 45 

 
option, all, but not less than all, of the Notes may be redeemed at any time on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding
principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, any Special Interest and any Additional Amounts due thereon up to but not including the date of redemption; provided, however, that 

(1) no notice of redemption for tax reasons may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the
Company or any other Payor would be obligated to pay these Additional Amounts if a payment on the Notes or the relevant Note Guarantee were then due, and 
 (2) at the time such notice of redemption is given such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. 
 Such notice, once delivered by the Company to the Trustee, will be irrevocable. 
 Prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this clause (d), the Company will deliver to the Trustee: 

(1) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the Company is entitled to effect the redemption described in this clause
(d) and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the Company’s right to redeem have occurred; and 
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (which may be the Company’s counsel) of recognized standing to the effect that the Company or any other Payor has or will become
obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of such amendment or change. 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant
to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08
Mandatory Redemption. 
 The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to
the Notes. 
 Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an
“Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to
all Holders and all holders of Pari Passu Obligations containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a
period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after
the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other Pari Passu Obligations (on a pro rata basis,
if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

  
 46 

  
 If the Purchase Date
is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such
record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 Upon
the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders
to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state: 
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 

(2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note
purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 
 (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to
the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 

(7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be,
receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of
Notes and other Pari Passu Obligations surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other Pari Passu Obligations to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and
such other Pari Passu Obligations surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased); and 

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the Purchase Date, the
Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered,
all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s 

  
 47 

 
Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Paying Agent will promptly (but in any
case not later than three Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will
promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased
portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to
the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01
Payment of Notes. 
 The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special
Interest, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a
Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company will
pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable
interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (without regard to any applicable grace
period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or
co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency for such purposes. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such
presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The
Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however,
that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in
the location of any such other office or agency. 

  
 48 

  
 The Company hereby
designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 

Section 4.03 Reports. 
 (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the
SEC’s rules and regulations: 
 (1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with
the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports; and 
 (2) all current reports
that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 
 All such
reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the
Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants. 
 If, at any time,
the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 4.03(a) with the SEC
within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept
the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 4.03(a) on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those
reports with the SEC. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to
above to the Holders if it has filed (or, in the case of a Form 8-K that is furnished, furnished) such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system within the time periods set forth above and such reports are publicly available. 

(b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and such Unrestricted Subsidiaries, individually
or as a whole, constitute a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Regulation S-X Rule 1-02(w) (except that subclause (3) of such Rule shall be disregarded to the extent the Company’s consolidated income from continuing
operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is less than $100 million), then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.03(a) hereof will include a
reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results
of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
 (c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 4.03, the Company and
the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

  
 49 

  
 Section 4.04 Compliance
Certificate. 
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA (as
determined by the Company)) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding
fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer
signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the
terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has
occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 (b) So
long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03 above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the
Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them
to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable
directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 
 (c) So long as any of the
Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.05 Taxes. 

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and
governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit
the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

  
 50 

  
 Section 4.07 Restricted
Payments. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or
indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company);

 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection
with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 
 (3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value (a) any Subordinated Indebtedness (except a payment of interest or principal at the
Stated Maturity thereof) or (b) the GC UK Intercompany Debt at any time that GC UK remains an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment 
 (all such payments and other actions set forth
in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 

(i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted
Payment; 
 (ii) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma
effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio Test; and 

(iii) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (8), (9) (but, in the case of clause (9)(b), only to the extent accrued prior to the date of this Indenture)
and (12) of Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (A) 100% of the
Company’s Consolidated Cash Flow for the period (taken as one accounting period) from July 1, 2009 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of
such Restricted Payment (the “Calculation Period”) less 1.5 times the Company’s Fixed Charges for the Calculation Period; plus 
 (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the
Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the 

  
 51 

 
issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests
(other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus 
 (C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of this Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise cancelled, liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (I) the cash
return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (II) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus 

(D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary designated as such after the date of this Indenture is redesignated as
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after the date of this Indenture, the lesser of (I) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (II) such Fair Market Value as of
the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, in each case to the extent such amount was a Restricted Investment on the date of such redesignation; plus 

(E) 100% of any dividends received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture
from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for such period. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at
the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of or with, the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of
the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment
will be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(iii)(B) hereof and clause (5)(b)(i) of this Section 4.07(b); 
 (3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from a substantially
concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (4) any dividends or distributions by, or any
payment on or with respect to any Subordinated Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any payment on or with respect to any purchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of any Subordinated Indebtedness) by; 

(i) any Excluded Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(ii) any Guarantor to the Company or any other Guarantor; 

  
 52 

  
 (5) the
repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired
Equity Interests may not exceed $5.0 million in any twelve-month period; provided further, that (a) the Company may carry over and make in subsequent twelve-month periods, in addition to the amounts permitted for such twelve-month
period, any unutilized capacity under this clause (5) attributable to the immediately preceding twelve-month period, up to a maximum amount of carry forward of $10.0 million into any subsequent twelve-month period, and (b) such amount in
any twelve-month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (i) the net cash proceeds from the sale
of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any current officer, director or employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the date of this Indenture; provided that the amount of
any such net cash proceeds that are utilized (A) for any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement, (B) to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b) or (C) to make an optional
redemption of Notes pursuant to clauses (a) through (c) of Section 3.07 hereof will, in each case, be excluded from clause (iii)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof and clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b); plus 

 (ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture; 
 (6) repurchases of Subordinated Indebtedness at a purchase
price not greater than (a) 101% of the principal amount or accreted value, as applicable, of such Subordinated Indebtedness and accrued and unpaid interest thereon in the event of a Change of Control or (b) 100% of the principal amount or
accreted value, as applicable, of such Subordinated Indebtedness and accrued and unpaid interest thereon in the event of an Asset Sale in connection with any Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer required by the terms of such Subordinated
Indebtedness, but only if: 
 (i) in the case of a Change of Control, the Company has first complied with and
fully satisfied its obligations under Section 4.15 hereof; or 
 (ii) in the case of an Asset Sale, the
Company has first complied with and fully satisfied its obligations under Section 4.10 hereof; 
 (7)
payment or distributions to dissenting shareholders or stockholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that does not violate
Section 5.01 hereof; 
 (8) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the vesting or exercise
of stock options, warrants, restricted stock or other similar rights to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price or tax withholding cost thereof; 

(9) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of (a) any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Company or any preferred stock or preferred shares of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the date of this 

  
 53 

 
Indenture in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof and (b) the 2.0% Cumulative Senior Preferred Shares of the Company outstanding from time to time to the extent outstanding on the date
of this Indenture, to the extent such dividend payment is in accordance with the terms thereof as in effect on the date of this Indenture; 
 (10) any payment on or with respect to, or the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of GC UK Intercompany Debt existing as of the date of this Indenture;

 (11) payments to STT and its Affiliates as reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by STT and its
Affiliates in connection with any amendments, modifications, waivers or consents with respect to the 2.0% Cumulative Senior Preferred Shares of the Company outstanding on the date of this Indenture; and 

(12) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15.0 million since the date of this Indenture.

 (c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted
Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to
be valued by this Section 4.07 shall be (1) set forth in an Officer’s Certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company delivered to the Trustee if such value is equal to or greater than $15.0 million but no more than
$35.0 million and (2) shall be set forth in a certified resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company delivered to the Trustee if such value exceeds $35.0 million. 
 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to: 
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on
its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason
of: 
 (1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and such related Collateral Documents, in each case as in
effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture;

  
 54 

  
 (2)
this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 
 (3) agreements governing Indebtedness incurred in
compliance with Section 4.09 hereof if the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those in this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or any Collateral Documents, in each case as then in
effect; 
 (4) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(5) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be
incurred; 
 (6) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (7) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business
and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described Section 4.08(a)(3) hereof; 
 (8) any agreement for (a) the sale of assets that restricts such assets pending the sale or other disposition and (b) the sale, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other disposition of the
Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, that restricts the Company and/or the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries pending such
sale, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other disposition; 
 (9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
provided that the restrictions contained in t(he agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being
refinanced; 
 (10) Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the
debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (11) provisions limiting the disposition or
distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such
agreements; and 
 (12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business. 

  
 55 

  
 Section 4.09 Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company and any Guarantor may incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock or preferred stock if the Leverage Ratio at the time (the “Calculation Time”) at which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or (if applicable) such Disqualified
Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been no greater than 4.25 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or (if applicable)
the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued at the beginning of the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the Calculation Time (the
“Leverage Ratio Test”). 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence
of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (1) the
incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 
 (2) the incurrence by
the Company and the Guarantors of (a) Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees issued on the date of this Indenture and (b) Indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be
issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (3) the incurrence by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design,
construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding under this clause (3), including all
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (3), not to exceed the amount outstanding on the date of this Indenture plus $150.0 million;

 (4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness and, to the extent such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness would prevent Impsat
Colombia from at any time becoming a Guarantor, the Colombia Notes) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof or clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (13), (14), (16), (17) or (18) of this
Section 4.09(b); 
 (5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany
Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person
other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to
constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (5); 

  
 56 

  
 (6) the
issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of Qualified Preferred Stock; provided, however, that: 

(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a
Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 
 (B) any sale or other transfer of
any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by
this clause (6); 
 (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person
acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness will at no time exceed the gross proceeds
(including the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration) actually received by (or held in escrow for later release to) the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition; 

(8) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business
and not for speculative purposes; 
 (9) the Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu
with the Notes or any Note Guarantee, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 

(10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’
compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a
bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days; 

(12) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (x) the financing of insurance
premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in the ordinary course of business; 
 (13) Acquired Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries assumed or acquired in connection with a transaction governed by, and effected in accordance with, Section 5.01 hereof;
provided, however, that such Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such transaction; 

  
 57 

  
 (14)
Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of, or in connection with, the
transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (14), including all
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (14), not to exceed $25.0 million; 

(15) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of additional revolving credit Indebtedness and letters of credit
under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (15) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and the
Guarantors thereunder) not to exceed $75.0 million; 
 (16) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of
Indebtedness owing to any Unrestricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (16), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or
discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (16), not to exceed $50.0 million; provided that any Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (16) is not secured by a Lien; 

(17) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of any Deeply Subordinated Debt in an aggregate principal amount (or
accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (17), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this
clause (17), not to exceed $150.0 million; and 
 (18) the incurrence by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (18), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund,
refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18), not to exceed $35.0 million. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the counterparty in respect of any Hedging Obligation secured by a Lien entered into by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may not be an Affiliate of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary. 
 (d) The Company
will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is
also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of
payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a first or junior Lien basis. 
 (e) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt

  
 58 

 
described in clauses (1) through (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify
such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original
issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on
Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for
purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion, amortization or payment (other than with respect to Deeply Subordinated Debt) is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as
accrued and that any such outstanding additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is counted as Indebtedness for purposes of determining the Leverage Ratio. 

(f) With respect to any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal
amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or
first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such renewal,
refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date thereof, such U.S.
dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of such
Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged. 
 (g) Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in currency
exchange rates or currency values. 
 (h) The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and 

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 (A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and 

(B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. 
 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
 (1) the Company (or the
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity
Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

  
 59 

  
 (2) at
least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or a combination thereof. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be
cash: 
 (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to (i) a
customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability or (ii) a customary indemnity agreement that indemnifies the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from and against any loss, liability
or expense in respect of such assumed liability; 
 (B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by
the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are contemporaneously, subject to ordinary settlement periods, converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that
conversion; and 
 (C) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of
Section 4.10(b) hereof. 
 (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company and/or
one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries may apply such Net Proceeds: 
 (1) to purchase, redeem or prepay the
Senior Secured Notes and/or other Indebtedness and Obligations (including without limitation under Credit Facilities) that are secured by a Lien on the assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving
credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; 
 (2) to acquire (a) all
or substantially all of the assets of another Person engaged in a Permitted Business or (b) or any Capital Stock of another Person engaged in a Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition, the Permitted Business is or
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (3) to make a capital expenditure; or 

(4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a
Permitted Business. 
 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary that consummated the
applicable Asset Sale may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings and invest such Net Proceeds in Cash Equivalents. 

(c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(b) hereof will constitute
“Excess Proceeds.” Within 30 days after the date that the 

  
 60 

 
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and will purchase, redeem or prepay (or make an offer to do so) to all
holders of Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations the terms of which require the purchase, redemption or prepayment of such Obligations (or the making of an offer to do so) with the proceeds of any sales of assets, the maximum principal amount of Notes
and such Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations that may be purchased, redeemed and prepaid out of the Excess Proceeds as follows: 
 (1) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will (a) make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof and (b) redeem or
repay (or make an offer to do so) Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations, pro rata in proportion to the respective principal amounts of the Notes and Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations required to be redeemed or repaid, the maximum principal amount
of Notes and Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations that may be repurchased, repaid and redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds; 
 (2) the offer price for the Notes will be equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase and will be payable in cash
and the redemption or repayment price for the Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations will be equal to 100% of the principal amount or accreted value, as applicable, thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or repayment;

 (3) if the aggregate amount offered to Holders of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by Holders
thereof exceeds the pro rata portion of the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds to be paid to Holders of the Notes, Notes to be purchased will be selected on a pro rata basis (provided that the authorized denomination of Notes is
maintained); and 
 (4) if any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may
use Notes and redemption or repayment of applicable Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero and such remaining Excess Proceeds may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.

 (d) To the extent the Company is obligated to make an offer to purchase, redeem or prepay the Senior Secured Notes and/or
other secured Indebtedness and Obligations with the proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Asset Sale Offer to purchase Notes under this Indenture may be made simultaneous with and such secured asset sale offer(s) and may be made contingent upon there
remaining more than $10.0 million of Excess Proceeds after the consummation of such secured asset sale offer(s). 
 (e) The
Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to
an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. 
 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Company will not,
and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any
transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 

  
 61 

  
 (2) the
Company delivers to the Trustee: 
 (A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million but no more than $35.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction
complies with Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and 

(B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $35.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national
standing. 
 (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, except as set forth below
will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof: 
 (1) any Affiliate Transaction or series
of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration of less than $2.0 million; 

(2) reasonable fees and compensation paid to, and any indemnity provided on behalf of (and entering into related
agreements with), officers, directors, employees, consultants or agents of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or senior management; 

(3) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(4) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because
the Company owns, directly or through one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 
 (5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company; 
 (6) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof; 
 (7) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $4.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; 

(8) Affiliate Transactions undertaken pursuant to (a) any contractual obligations or rights in existence on the date
of this Indenture and (b) any amendment or replacement agreement to the obligations and rights described in clause (a) above, so long as such amendment or replacement agreement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the
Notes in any material respect, taken as a whole, than the agreement as in effect on the date of this Indenture; 

  
 62 

  
 (9)
transactions for the purchase and sale of products and services used or useful in a Permitted Business in the ordinary course of business and on terms not materially less favorable to the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary than those
that could reasonably be expected to be obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; 

(10) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or a Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(16) hereof; provided,
however, that the terms of such Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to the Company or the applicable Guarantor than those that would reasonably be expected to be obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Guarantor
with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company and, to the extent the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness is greater than $10.0 million, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to such effect;

 (11) the incurrence of any Deeply Subordinated Debt in accordance with Section 4.09(b)(17) hereof;

 (12) the provision of administrative services to any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including, without limitation,
guarantees of commercial obligations (not comprising Indebtedness) of Unrestricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business) on substantially the same terms provided to or by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company in the ordinary course of
business consistent with the policies and practices of the Company in effect on the date of this Indenture; and 

(13) the purchase by an Affiliate of the Company of (a) Indebtedness convertible into shares of Voting Stock of the
Company or (b) Equity Interests constituting or convertible or exchangeable into, or exercisable for, shares of Voting Stock of the Company, in each case issued in a bona fide, underwritten public or private offering; provided that such
Affiliate’s participation in such offering is limited to the greater of 25% of the amount of the securities being offered or the amount of securities needed to allow such Affiliate to retain the percentage Beneficial Ownership of the
outstanding Capital Stock of the Company calculated on a fully diluted basis that it owned immediately prior to such offering. 

Section 4.12 Liens. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer
to exist any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness, Attributable Debt or trade payables upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes
are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. 

Section 4.13 Business Activities. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

  
 63 

  
 Section 4.14 Preservation of
Legal Existence, Etc. 
 Subject to Article 5 hereof (it being understood that the following shall not be subject to the
requirements of this Section 4.14: (i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to another Person, or the consolidation, amalgamation or merger of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries with another Person, in each case effected in accordance with Article 5 hereof, and (ii) any sale or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or of any property, assets or Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the
Company, in each case effected in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof), the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect: 

(1) its legal existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with
the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 
 (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right,
license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the preservation thereof is no longer necessary in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and the loss
thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of
Control. 
 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”)
to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the
“Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and
stating: 
 (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all
Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; 
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no
earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender
the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 

  
 64 

  
 (6)
that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter
setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 

(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (b) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Sections 3.09 or 4.15 hereof, the Company will comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance. 

(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or
portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes
properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
 (d) The Paying Agent will promptly mail or otherwise deliver (but in any case not later than five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of
Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The
Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the
Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and Section 3.09 hereof and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of
Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given for all outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. 

Section 4.16 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may
enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if: 
 (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable,
could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under Section 4.09 hereof and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions
of Section 4.12 hereof; and 

  
 65 

  
 (2) the
transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; provided that in connection with any sale and leaseback of
equipment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries substantially simultaneously with (but in any event not more than 90 days prior to) the sale and leaseback of such equipment, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary
shall be deemed to have applied the proceeds from such sale and leaseback transaction to the acquisition of the equipment that was the subject of such sale and leaseback transaction. 
 Section 4.17 Payments for Consent. 
 The Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or
provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 Section 4.18 Additional Note Guarantees. 

If, after the date of this Indenture: 
 (a) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

(b) any Excluded Restricted Subsidiary ceases to meet the definition thereof (including ceasing to meet the definition of
Immaterial Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company redesignates any Excluded Restricted Subsidiary as a Guarantor upon delivery of an Officer’s Certificate by the chief financial officer of the Company to the Trustee giving effect to such
redesignation together with a supplemental indenture adding such Subsidiary as a Guarantor under this Indenture; or 
 (c) any Unrestricted Subsidiary ceases to meet the definition thereof or the Company redesignates any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.19 hereof and
such Subsidiary does not otherwise constitute an Excluded Restricted Subsidiary, 
 then the Company will, as soon as reasonably practicable but
in any event within 45 days of such event: 
 (1) cause such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor and execute a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall unconditionally (to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation) guarantee the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes on the terms set forth in this
Indenture (the form of such supplemental indenture is attached as Exhibit F hereto); 

  
 66 

  
 (2)
take such further actions and execute and deliver such other documents specified in this Indenture; and 
 (3)
deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental indenture and any other documents required to be delivered have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary and constitute legally valid and binding and
enforceable obligations of such Subsidiary (such opinion otherwise being in a form and with such qualifications and exceptions as may be customary for the applicable jurisdiction(s)); 
 and upon the completion of the actions described in clauses (1) through (3) of this Section 4.18, such Subsidiary shall constitute a Guarantor for all purposes of this Indenture until such
time as the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor may be released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 Section 4.19 Designation
of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Company may designate any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one
or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary of the Company otherwise meets the
definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if that redesignation would not cause a Default. 

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced by filing with the Trustee (a) if the
Investment arising out of such designation is less than or equal to $5.0 million, an Officer’s Certificate giving effect to such designation and certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by
Section 4.07 hereof or (b) otherwise, a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company certifying
that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of
such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of Section 4.09 hereof. The Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such
designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness could
at that time be incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Debt, (2) any Liens on property or assets of such Subsidiary are, after giving effect to such designation, Permitted Liens or
incurred in compliance with Section 4.12 and (3) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 4.19, GC UK and its Subsidiaries will be Unrestricted Subsidiaries without the Company designating them as such or otherwise
complying with the other requirements of this Section 4.19 with respect thereto unless and until the Company re-designates any such Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with clause (a) of this Section 4.19.

  
 67 

  
 Section 4.20 Currency
Indemnity. 
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor will pay all sums payable under this Indenture or the notes solely in U.S.
dollars. Any amount that a Holder of Notes receives or recovers in a currency other than U.S. dollars in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Company or any Guarantor will only constitute a discharge of the Notes to the extent of
the U.S. dollar amount which such Holder is able to purchase with the amount received or recovered in that other currency on the date of the receipt or recovery or, if it is not practicable to make the purchase on that date, on the first date
on which such Holder is able to do so. If the U.S. dollar amount is less than the U.S. dollar amount expressed to be due such Holder under any Note, the Company and the Guarantors will jointly and severally indemnify such Holder against
any loss it sustains as a result. In any event, the Company and the Guarantors will jointly and severally indemnify such Holder against the cost of making any purchase of U.S. dollars. For the purposes of this clause (a), it will be sufficient for
such Holder to certify in a satisfactory manner that such Holder would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. dollars been made with the amount received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery or, if it was not
practicable to make the purchase on that date, on the first date on which such Holder was able to do so. In addition, such Holder will also be required to certify in a satisfactory manner the need for a change of the purchase date. 

(b) The indemnities set forth in clause (a) of this Section 4.20: 

(1) constitute a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations of the Company and the Guarantors;

 (2) will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action; 

(3) will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder; and 

(4) will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated
amount in respect of any sum due under any Note. 
 Section 4.21 Additional Amounts. 

(a) All payments made by the Company, any Guarantor or a successor of the foregoing (each, a “Payor”) under, or with
respect to, the Notes or the relevant Note Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties
and interest related thereto) (collectively, “Taxes”) imposed, levied, collected or assessed by or on behalf of (1) Bermuda or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having power to tax,
(2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or the relevant Note Guarantee is made on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax,
or (3) any other jurisdiction in which the relevant Payor is organized or resident, or any political or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1), (2) and (3), a “Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law or the interpretation or administration thereof. 
 (b) If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction will at any time be required from any payments made with respect to the Notes or

  
 68 

 
the relevant Note Guarantee, including payments of principal, premium, if any, redemption price, interest or Special Interest, the Payor will pay (together with such payments) such additional
amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by each Holder, after such deduction or withholding (including any such deduction or withholding from such
Additional Amounts), will not be less than the amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such deduction or withholding; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable with
respect to: 
 (1) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, levied, collected or assessed but for the
existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder or beneficial owner (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, partner or shareholder of, or possessor of power over, the relevant Holder or beneficial owner, if
the relevant Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, limited liability company, partnership or corporation, if applicable) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the ownership or holding of such Note or enforcement of
rights thereunder or the receipt of payments in respect thereof); 
 (2) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales,
excise, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes; 
 (3) any Taxes payable otherwise than by deduction or
withholding from payments on or in respect of any Note or Note Guarantee; 
 (4) any Taxes which would not have
been imposed, payable or due if the presentation (where presentation is required) of the Notes for payment occurred within 30 days after the date such payment was due and payable or was provided for, whichever is later, except for Additional Amounts
with respect to Taxes that would have been imposed had the Holder presented the Note for payment within such 30-day period; 
 (5) any Taxes that are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note to comply, upon the Company’s reasonable request, with certification, identification,
information, documentation or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of the Holder or such beneficial owner or to make, upon the Company’s reasonable
request, any other claim or filing for exemption to which it is entitled if such compliance, making a claim or filing for exemption is required or imposed by a statute, treaty or regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such Taxes; 
 (6) any withholding or deduction
imposed on a payment to an individual and required to be made pursuant to European Union Directive on the taxation of savings income which was adopted by the ECOFIN Council (the Council of EU Finance and Economic Ministers) on June 3, 2003, or
any law implementing or complying with, or introduced to conform to, such directive, or pursuant to related measures entered into on a reciprocal basis between member states of the European Union and certain non-European Union countries and
dependent or associated territories; 
 (7) any Taxes which could have been avoided by the presentation (where
presentation is required) of the relevant Note to another paying agent in a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or 

(8) any combination of the above. 

  
 69 

  
 In addition, such Additional Amounts
will not be payable with respect to any payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on), interest or Special Interest on such Note or Note Guarantee to any Holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner
of such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such a partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor,
member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder of such Note. 
 (c) The Payor will (1) make any required withholding or
deduction and (2) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the applicable taxing authority in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law. 
 (d) The Payor will use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction
imposing such Taxes and upon request by the Trustee at the direction of a Holder will provide such certified copies to the Trustee. 
 (e) If the Payor becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, the Payor will deliver to the
Trustee, at least five days prior to the relevant payment date (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the fifth day prior to the relevant payment date, in which case the Payor shall notify the Trustee and paying agent promptly
after becoming aware of such obligation), an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, the amounts estimated to be so payable and will set forth such other information reasonably necessary to enable
the Trustee and Paying Agent to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders of Notes on the relevant payment date. Each such Officer’s Certificate shall be relied upon by the Trustee and Paying Agent without further inquiry until receipt of a
further Officer’s Certificate addressing such matters. 
 (f) The Payor will pay any stamp, issue, registration,
documentary, value added, excise, property or other similar taxes and duties (including interest and penalties) payable in respect of the creation, issue, offering or execution of the Notes or a Note Guarantee, or any documentation with respect
thereto, excluding any such taxes, charges or similar levies or duties imposed by a jurisdiction outside the jurisdiction in which the Payor is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein other than those
resulting from, or required to be paid in connection with, the enforcement of the Notes or a Note Guarantee at any time that a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. 

(g) The provisions of this Section 4.21 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply with
appropriate modifications to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to a Payor is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein. 

(h) Whenever in this Indenture or in this Section 4.21 there is mentioned, in any context, (1) the payment of principal,
premium, if any, or interest, (2) redemption prices or purchase prices in connection with the redemption or purchase of Notes, or (3) any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note or a Note Guarantee, such mention shall be
deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 

  
 70 

  
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01
Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
 (a) The Company will not, directly or indirectly:
(1) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless: 
 (1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving entity or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is (i) an exempt company with limited liability under the laws of Bermuda or (ii) a corporation or company organized or existing under the laws of another Qualified
Jurisdiction; 
 (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other
than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements satisfactory to the Trustee
and the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or
Event of Default would exist; and 
 (4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation,
amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing
transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio Test. 

In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. 
 (b) A Guarantor may not
sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate or amalgamate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor,
unless: 
 (1) either: 
 (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person; or 
 (B) the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is (i) organized and existing under the laws of the
jurisdiction under which such Guarantor was organized, (ii) an exempt company with limited liability under the laws of Bermuda or (iii) a corporation or company organized or existing under the laws of another Qualified Jurisdiction;

  
 71 

  
 (2) the
Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee pursuant to a
supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee and under the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (3)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default would exist; and 
 (4) the
Company would, on the date of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00
of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio Test; 
 provided, however, that the provisions of this
Section 5.01(b) shall not apply if such Guarantor is released from its Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 10.05(a) hereof as a result of such sale, disposition, consolidation, amalgamation or merger. 

(c) In addition, the Company may merge or amalgamate with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in any
Qualified Jurisdiction without complying with clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof; provided that prior to such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or other disposition, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or other
disposition and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or other disposition had not occurred. 

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company or any Guarantor in a
transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company or such Guarantor is merged or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, in the case of the
Company the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company and in the case of a Guarantor the provisions of this Indenture referring to any “Guarantor”
shall instead refer to such successor Person and not such Guarantor), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company or a Guarantor, as
applicable, herein; provided, however, that (1) the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes and (2) a predecessor Guarantor shall not be relieved from
its obligations with respect to its Note Guarantee, except, in each case, upon a sale of all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01
hereof. 

  
 72 

  
 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section
6.01 Events of Default. 
 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest, Special Interest or Additional Amounts on the Notes;

 (2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or
premium, if any, on, the Notes; 
 (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply
with the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof; 
 (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture;

 (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may
be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now
exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default: 
 (A) is caused by a failure to pay
principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has
been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $40.0 million or more; 
 (6)
failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $40.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed, for a period
of 60 days after such judgments have become final and non-appealable; 
 (7) except as permitted by this
Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or the Note Guarantees of any group of Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable
or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any such Guarantor or group of Guarantors, or any Person acting on behalf of any such Guarantor or group of Guarantors, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note
Guarantee; 

  
 73 

  
 (8)
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy
Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case, 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due. 

(9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (C) orders the winding up, liquidation or dissolution of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 

and in each case the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 

Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
 In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become
due and payable immediately. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written
notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal,
interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 

  
 74 

  
 Section 6.03 Other
Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the
payment of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 
 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event
of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase);
provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration.
Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair
any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
 Section 6.06
Limitation on Suits. 
 Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest of
Special Interest, if any, when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested in writing that the Trustee pursue the remedy; 

(3) such Holders have offered and, if requested, provided the Trustee reasonably satisfactory security or indemnity
against any loss, liability or expense; 

  
 75 

  
 (4) the
Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request during such 60-day period. 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority
over another Holder of a Note. 
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and
Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution
thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as Trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and
Special Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 Section 6.09 Trustee May File
Proofs of Claim. 
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary
or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial
proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and
any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the
same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of
reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

  
 76 

  
 Section 6.10 Priorities.

 If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the
following order: 
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Special Interest, if
any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any and interest, respectively; and 

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the
filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more
than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 

  
 77 

  
 (c) The Trustee may
not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in
accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so
provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will not be under any obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers
under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 

(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.
Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 Section 7.02 Rights
of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed
or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the
Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate
or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by
it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 

(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered 

  
 78 

  
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights
of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise
deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the
SEC for permission to continue as Trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds
from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and
it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default
within 90 days after it occurs or, if discovered after 90 days, promptly thereafter. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may
withhold the notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer in consultation with other officers of the Trustee customarily performing similar functions in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the
Notes. 
 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

(a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes
remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months
preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by
the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
 (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any
law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee 

  
 79 

 
promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. All amounts set forth in the separate fee
letter entered into prior to the date hereof are deemed reasonable. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 

(b) The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising
out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending
itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss,
liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any
of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 
 (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

(d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien
prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) hereof
occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

(f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this
Section 7.08. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so
notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 

  
 80 

  
 (3) a
custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable
of acting. 
 (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the
Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the
successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring
Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become
effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will
be the successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0
million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture will always have a Trustee who
satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA
§ 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

  
 81 

  
 ARTICLE 8 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate,
elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Company’s
exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been
discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance
means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for
the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the
Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest, premium or
Special Interest, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 
 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof; 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 

(4) this Article 8. 
 Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.19 hereof,
Section 5.01(a)(4) and 5.01(b)(4) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will
thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed
“outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant 

  
 82 

 
Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other
document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby.
In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(7)
hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 
 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars,
non-callable Government Securities, or a combination in cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of
independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest (including Additional Amounts), premium and Special Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the
case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that: 

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 

(B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will
not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal
Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must
deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income
tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such
deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 

  
 83 

  
 (5)
such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or
by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors
of the Company or others; and 
 (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
 Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of
this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to
the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Special
Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or
non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the
outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company
from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in
a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06 Repayment to Company. 

Subject to applicable law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment
of the principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company
on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with
respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will 

  
 84 

 
thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published
once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any
unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply
all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note following
the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any
Holder of Notes: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and
Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 hereof; 
 (4) to make any
change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder; 

(5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the
TIA; 
 (6) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of
Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Circular, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this
Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes as certified in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; 
 (7) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; 

  
 85 

  
 (8) to
allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes; or 

(9) to release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing
the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or
supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture (as determined by the Company) and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to
enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the Notes,
Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation,
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment
of the principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note
Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation,
consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes). 
 Section 2.08
hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Upon
the request of the Company, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the
Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture
or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
 It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such
consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes
effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or
affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount 

  
 86 

 
of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees.
However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect
to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof); 

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium or Special Interest, if any, or
interest on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of
Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes; 

(7) make any change to Section 4.21 hereof that adversely affects the rights of any Holder or amend the terms of the
Notes in a way that would result in a loss of exemption (if any) from Bermuda (or the jurisdiction in which the Company is then organized or incorporated) withholding tax; 

(8) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 or 4.15
hereof); 
 (9) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture,
except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (10) make any change in the preceding amendment and
waiver provisions. 
 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with
the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of
a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of
a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its
terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 

  
 87 

  
 Section 9.05 Notation on or
Exchange of Notes. 
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note
thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or
waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or
immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by
Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

ARTICLE 10 
 NOTE
GUARANTEES 
 Section 10.01 Guarantee. 
 (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and
its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 

(1) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Special Interest) on, the Notes will be promptly paid in
full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest (including Special Interest) on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders
or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
 (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the
extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
 Failing payment when due of any amount so
guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 (b) Subject to this Article 10, the Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective
of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, 

  
 88 

 
the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company,
any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court
in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete
performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture 
 (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any
court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note
Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (d) Each Guarantor agrees that
it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors,
on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether
or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does
not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee. 
 (e) Each Guarantor that as of the date of this Indenture or
thereafter is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be: 
 (1) in Peru, hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally waives, to the extent applicable, the benefits of excusión and división and any preliminary defenses, benefits or restrictions to liability it may have under the Civil Code of Peru (approved by Legislative
Decree No 295, as amended and supplemented from time to time), including Articles 1885, 1897, 1899, 1900, 1901 and 1902 of said code; 
 (2) in Brazil, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the extent applicable, all benefits under Articles 333, 366, 821, 824, 827, 829, 834, 837, 838 and 839 of the Brazilian Civil Code and
Article 595 of the Brazilian Code of Civil Procedure; 
 (3) in Venezuela, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
waives, to the extent applicable, the benefits of “excusión and división” established in Articles 1.812 and 1.819 of the Venezuelan Civil Code; 

(4) in Colombia, agrees that it will not be entitled to any rights of division, discussion, or analogous rights, and
specifically waives the rights established in Articles 2392 and 2393 of the Colombian Civil Code; 
 (5) in
Ecuador, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the extent applicable, the benefits of “excusión and división” established in Articles 2.259 and 2.260 of the Ecuadorian Civil Code; 

  
 89 

  
 (6) in
Chile, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the extent applicable, (i) the collection benefit (beneficio de excusión) granted by article 2,357 of the Chilean Civil Code, (ii) the division benefit (beneficio de
división) granted in article 2,367 of the Chilean Civil Code, (iii) the right to retract (derecho de retractación) granted in article 1,649 of the Chilean Civil Code and (iv) any right to object to future term
extensions that might be agreed to, which hereby accepts in accordance with article 2,339 of the Chilean Civil Code”; and 
 (7) in Mexico, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the extent applicable, the benefits of excusión and división and any preliminary defenses, benefits or
restrictions to liability it may have. 
 Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

(a) The Company, each Guarantor, each Holder, by its acceptance of Notes, and the Trustee hereby confirms that it is the intention of the
parties to this Indenture that the Note Guarantees under this Article 10 shall be Full and Unconditional, enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. In furtherance of the foregoing and to the extent applicable, a Guarantor’s liability
in respect of its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the extent set forth below: 
 (1) Limitations Applicable
to U.S. Guarantors. Each Guarantor that as of the date of this Indenture or thereafter is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the laws of the United States, any State or Territory thereof or the District of Columbia (a
“U.S. Guarantor”), and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such U.S. Guarantor shall not constitute a fraudulent transfer
or conveyance for purposes of, or otherwise be invalidated under, any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, or under any other United States federal or state law or, to the extent applicable, any
law of any other country or political subdivision thereof with respect to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, preference, moratorium or otherwise relating to or affecting the obligations of such U.S. Guarantor or the rights
and remedies of creditors to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and each U.S. Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each U.S. Guarantor will be limited to
the maximum amount that will, when taken together with and giving effect to (i) all contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor, (ii) any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any
other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10 and (iii) all other factors, in each case that are relevant under such laws, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not
constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 (2) Limitations Applicable to Belgian Guarantors.
Each Guarantor that as of the date of this Indenture or thereafter is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in Belgium (a “Belgian Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby
confirms that notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, or any related agreements or certificates, the maximum aggregate liability hereunder and under the Note Guarantee of any Belgian Guarantor shall be limited to the extent required
by applicable law as construed by the competent court and to such amount or obligations which the Belgian Guarantor can assume, or incur without violating its corporate purpose and without such liability exceeding the corporate interest of the
Belgian Guarantor. 
 (3) Limitations Applicable to Danish Guarantors. Each Guarantor that as of the date
of this Indenture or thereafter is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in 

  
 90 

 
Denmark (a “Danish Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirms that notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the
obligations of each Danish Guarantor, in its capacity as a Guarantor under this Indenture and the Notes, shall be limited as required by Danish law and to the maximum amount such Danish Guarantor can pay without exceeding its financial capacity and
as will not result in the obligations of such Danish Guarantor under its Guarantee constituting an illegal or fraudulent transfer under applicable law and will not otherwise result in the insolvency of such Danish Guarantor; provided that
this limitation shall only apply to obligations and liabilities of each Danish Guarantor which exceed the sum of (i) the amounts received, directly or indirectly, by the Danish Guarantor (and its subsidiaries) in relation to funds originally
advanced under the Notes and/or this Indenture and (ii) interest and other costs and fees which are, directly or indirectly, to be borne by such Danish Guarantor (and its subsidiaries) in relation to funds originally advanced under the Notes
and/or this Indenture. 
 (4) Limitations Applicable to German Guarantors. Each Guarantor that as of the
date of this Indenture or thereafter is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in Germany as a limited liability company (GmbH) or a limited partnership with a limited liability company as its general partner
(GmbH & Co. KG) (a “German Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that the liability of such German Guarantor shall be limited to the Adjusted Net Assets as will, after
giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its
Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. The
obligation of any German Guarantor under this Article 10 will be binding only to the extent that it would not result in such German Guarantor’s Adjusted Net Assets falling below the nominal registered share capital of such German Guarantor
(Section 30 et seq. GmbH Act) or, where such German Guarantor’s Adjusted Net Assets are already below the amount of its registered share capital, would not cause such amount to be further reduced (Vertiefung einer Unterbilanz);
provided that the limitations in this Section 10.02(4) shall not apply to the extent the German Guarantor secures any indebtedness under the Note Guarantee and this Indenture in respect of (i) loans to the extent they are on-lent or
otherwise passed on to the relevant German Guarantor or its subsidiaries and such amount on-lent or otherwise passed on is not returned or (ii) bank guarantees or letters of credit that are issued and commercially related to the Notes for the
benefit of any of the creditors of a German Guarantor or a German Guarantor’s Subsidiaries (but excluding any Indebtedness resulting from a right to require cash collateralization). 

(5) Limitations Applicable to Luxembourg Guarantors. Each Guarantor incorporated, organized or formed, as the case
may be, in Luxembourg (a “Luxembourg Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that the liability of such Luxembourg Guarantor shall be limited to the extent required by applicable law to
the amount any such Luxembourg Guarantor can pay without exceeding its financial capacity or otherwise resulting in the insolvency of such Luxembourg Guarantor. The obligations of any Luxembourg Guarantor under this Article 10 will be binding only
to the extent that they would not result in a misuse of corporate assets as defined under Article 171-1 of the Luxembourg law on commercial companies of August 10, 1915, as amended from time to time. 

(6) Limitations Applicable to Spanish Guarantors. Each Guarantor that as of the date of this Indenture or
thereafter is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in Spain (a “Spanish Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, 

  
 91 

 
hereby confirms that notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, or any related agreements or certificates, the liabilities incurred hereunder and under the Note Guarantee of any
Spanish Guarantor shall not contravene or be in violation of any mandatory provisions of Spanish law in respect of unlawful financial assistance, as it is specifically contemplated for Spanish joint stock companies (sociedades
anónimas) in article 81 of the Ley de Sociedades Anónimas. 
 (7) Limitations Applicable to
Swedish Guarantors. The obligations of any guarantor being a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Sweden (herein a “Swedish Guarantor”) under this Indenture, and under any other documents to which
a Swedish Guarantor is a party, shall be limited if (and only if) required by an application of the provisions of the Swedish Companies Act (2005:551) (Sw: Aktiebolagslagen (2005:551)) regulating prohibited loans, guarantees and
distribution of assets and also taking into account any other security granted and/or guarantee given by the Swedish Guarantor subject to the corresponding limitation, and it is agreed that the Obligations of the Swedish Guarantor under the Note
Guarantee shall apply only to the extent, and shall be limited to, such obligations and liabilities under this Indenture and shall apply only to the extent permitted by the above-mentioned provisions as applied together with other applicable
provisions of the Swedish Companies Act. 
 (8) Limitations Applicable to Swiss Guarantors. Each Guarantor
that as of the date of this Indenture or thereafter is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in Switzerland (a “Swiss Guarantor”) and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby agree that,
notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any related agreements or certificates, (i) the liability of such Swiss Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed
liabilities of such Swiss Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor, result in the obligations of such Swiss Guarantor under its Note Guarantee, this Indenture and under any
other documents to which such Swiss Guarantor is a party not (a) constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under, or (b) otherwise violating, applicable law, in particular, but not limited to, the rules on capital
maintenance of Swiss stock corporations and limited liability companies pursuant to the Swiss Code of Obligations and (ii) each Swiss Guarantor shall, in connection with payments made by such Swiss Guarantor under this Article 10, any other
provision of this Indenture and under any other documents to which such Swiss Guarantor is a party, comply with all applicable law such as corporate and tax law. 

(9) Limitations Applicable to Venezuelan Guarantors. Each Guarantor that as of the date of this Indenture or
thereafter is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in Venezuela (a “Venezuelan Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each of the Holders and the Trustee, hereby confirms that the liability of such Venezuelan
Guarantor under the Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount of the Obligations of Company under this Indenture. 
 (10) Limitations Applicable to Colombian Guarantors. Each Guarantor that as of the date of this Indenture or thereafter is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in Colombia (a
“Colombian Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that the liability of such Colombian Guarantor shall be limited to the amount that any such Colombian Guarantor can pay without
exceeding its financial capacity or otherwise resulting in insolvency of such Colombian Guarantor. 
 (11)
Limitations Applicable to Other Guarantors. Each Guarantor that as of the date of this Indenture or thereafter is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the 

  
 92 

 
laws of any jurisdiction other than those set forth in clauses (1) through (10) above (an “Other Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee,
hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of an Other Guarantor does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of, or otherwise violate, applicable law. To effectuate the foregoing
intention, each Holder and each Other Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that the obligations of an Other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed
liabilities of such Other Guarantor result in the obligations of such Other Guarantor not constituting such a fraudulent transfer or conveyance or otherwise violating applicable law. 

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Article 10 hereof to the contrary, if following the date of this Indenture: 

(1) there shall be any change in the laws of any of the jurisdictions set forth in clauses (a)(2) through (10) of
this Section 10.02; 
 (2) there shall be any change in the laws under which any Other Guarantor is
incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be; or 
 (3) any Person shall be required to execute a Note
Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.18 hereof and such Person is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the laws of any jurisdiction other than those set forth in clauses (a)(1) through (10) of this Section 10.02 and
other than any jurisdiction in which a then existing Other Guarantor is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be (a “Future Guarantor”), and the Company shall reasonably determine that the provisions of
Section 10.02(a)(11) hereof with respect to any Other Guarantor shall not adequately address the limitations on such Note Guarantee imposed by applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, as the case may be,
of such Future Guarantor; 
 then upon the deliver of an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee, the Company shall be entitled to amend such clause or add such additional provisions to such clause (including any related modifications to the form of Guarantee attached hereto as Exhibit E), as the case may be, to the extent necessary so
that the Note Guarantee of a Guarantor does not violate applicable law. 
 Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

 To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such
Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by
one of its Officers. A Note Guarantee may be executed by manual or facsimile signature. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its
Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 

  
 93 

  
 The delivery of any
Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the date of this
Indenture, if required by Section 4.18 hereof, the Company will cause such Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable. 

Section 10.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or
not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 

(1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(2) either: 
 (a) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes
all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee; or 
 (b) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof. 
 In case of any such
consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and
the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named
herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the
Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such
Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
 Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and
notwithstanding clauses 2(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance
of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 
 Section 10.05
Releases. 
 (a) The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released: 

(1) in the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor (including
by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if such sale or other disposition does not violate
Section 4.10 hereof; 

  
 94 

  
 (2) in
the event of any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of such Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if such sale or other disposition
does not violate Section 4.10 hereof; 
 (3) upon designation of such Guarantor as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.19 hereof; 
 (4) upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8
hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 11 hereof; 
 (5) upon a
liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor permitted under this Indenture; provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of such liquidation or dissolution. 

(6) upon such time as any Guarantor constitutes an Excluded Restricted Subsidiary and the Company has delivered to the
Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of its chief financial officer so stating; provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of delivery of such Officer’s Certificate. 

(b) Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 10.05(a) with respect to any Guarantor(s), the Trustee shall at
the Company’s expense promptly execute such documents and instruments as the Company may reasonably request to evidence the release of such Guarantor’s or Guarantors’ Note Guarantee(s) in accordance with this Section 10.05.

 (c) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will
remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 

ARTICLE 11 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 
 (1) either: 
 (a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except
lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

  
 95 

  
 (b) all
Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and accrued interest to
the date of maturity or redemption; 
 (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the
date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to
which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (3) the
Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (4)
the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to
satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money
has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to
discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the
provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and
premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by
reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes
because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 96 

  
 ARTICLE 12 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties will control. 
 Section 12.02 Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Company,
any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day
delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 

Global Crossing Limited 
 Wessex House 
 45 Reid Street 

Hamilton HM12, Bermuda 
 Facsimile No.: 1 441 2968606 
 Attention: Corporate Secretary 

With a copy to: 

Latham & Watkins LLP 
 885 Third Avenue 
 New York, NY 10022 

Facsimile No.: 1.212.751.4864 
 Attention: Dennis D. Lamont, Esq. 
 If to the Trustee: 

Wilmington Trust FSB 
 CCS-Corporate Capital Markets 
 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 
 Facsimile No.: 612-217-5651 
 Attention: Jane Y. Schweiger 

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly
given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery
to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 

  
 97 

  
 Any notice or
communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or
communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to
other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly
given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a
copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where
this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its
designee) pursuant to the Applicable Procedures, if applicable, and otherwise in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream. 
 Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall
have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee: 
 (1) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which
must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the
statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
 Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each
certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and
must include: 
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or
condition; 

  
 98 

  
 (2) a
brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary
to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
 Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make
reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders. 
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors
under the Notes, this Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 Section 12.08 Governing Law. 
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED
THEREBY. 
 Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 12.10 Successors.

 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this
Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof. 
 Section 12.11 Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture
or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

  
 99 

  
 Section 12.12 Counterpart
Originals. 
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of
them together represent the same agreement. 
 Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 12.14 Waiver of Immunity. 
 To the extent that the Company or
any of the Guarantors may be or become entitled to claim for itself or its property any immunity on the ground of sovereignty or the like from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or
execution of a judgment, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such an immunity (whether or not claimed), pursuant to this Indenture, each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim,
and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity with respect to its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. 
 Section 12.15
Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process. 
 (a) Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or
the Notes, or the transactions contemplated hereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, shall be brought in the courts of the State of New York located in the City of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern
District of New York, and any court of appeals with respect to any such court, and, by execution and delivery of this Indenture, each of the parties hereto hereby accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the
exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. The Company and each of the Guarantors hereby further (i) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any claim that any such courts lack personal jurisdiction
over the Company or any of the Guarantors, and agrees not to plead or claim, in any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees brought in any of the aforementioned courts, that such courts lack
personal jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Guarantors, (ii) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defense of forum non conveniens in any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Notes
or the Note Guarantees brought in any of the aforementioned courts and (iii) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other
manner provided by law. 
 (b) The Company and each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers
Global Crossing Development Co., 200 Park Avenue, Suite 300, Florham Park, NJ 07932 (the “Process Agent”), in the case of any suit, action or proceeding brought in the United States of America as its designee, appointee and agent to
receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this
Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees. The Company and each of the Guarantors hereby represents and warrants that the Process Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Company and
each of the Guarantors agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Process Agent shall be
deemed, in every respect, 

  
 100

 
effective service of process upon the Company and each of the Guarantors. Such service may be made by mailing (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) or delivering a copy of such
process to the Company or any of the Guarantors, as applicable, in care of the Process Agent at the Process Agent’s above address, and the Company and each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept
such service on its behalf. As an alternative method of service, the Company and each of the Guarantors irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing (by registered or certified mail,
postage prepaid) of copies of such process to the Process Agent or the Company or any of the Guarantors, as applicable, at its address specified in Section 12.02 hereof. 
 (c) Nothing contained in this Section 12.15 shall affect the right of the Trustee or any Holder to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise
proceed against the Company or any of the Guarantors in any other jurisdiction. 
 (d) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment
in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in U.S. dollars into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance
with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency at the spot rate of exchange quoted by the Trustee at 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given, for
the purchase of U.S. dollars, for delivery two Business Days thereafter. 
 (e) The Trustee shall have full power to appeal to a
court of applicable jurisdiction to determine all questions and doubts arising in relation to the interpretation or application of any of the provisions of this Indenture as it affects the Trustee and every such determination (whether made upon a
question actually raised or implied in the acts or proceedings of the Trustee) shall be conclusive and shall bind the parties to this Indenture. 
 [Signatures on following pages] 

  
 101

  
 Dated as of
November 16, 2010 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

GLOBAL CROSSING LIMITED

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mitchell Sussis

		 	Name: Mitchell Sussis
		 	Title: Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Indenture] 

  
 
			
	 GLOBAL CROSSING HOLDINGS LIMITED
 ATLANTIC CROSSING LTD.
 GLOBAL CROSSING ASIA HOLDINGS LTD.

GLOBAL CROSSING AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS LTD.

GLOBAL CROSSING NETWORK CENTER LTD.

GLOBAL CROSSING INTERNATIONAL, LTD.

OLD GMS HOLDINGS LTD.
 SOUTH AMERICAN
CROSSING HOLDINGS LTD.
 GLOBAL CROSSING INTERNATIONAL NETWORKS LTD.
 GC CRYSTAL HOLDINGS LTD.
 PAC PANAMA LTD.

GLOBAL CROSSING TELECOMMUNICATIONS – CANADA, LTD.
 RACAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 INTERNATIONAL OPTICAL NETWORK L.L.C.

GLOBAL CROSSING BANDWIDTH, INC.
 GLOBAL
CROSSING NORTH AMERICA, INC.
 GLOBAL CROSSING DEVELOPMENT CO.
 GLOBAL CROSSING EMPLOYEE SERVICES INC.
 GLOBAL CROSSING LOCAL SERVICES,
INC.
 GLOBAL CROSSING NORTH AMERICAN HOLDINGS, INC.
 GLOBAL CROSSING NORTH AMERICAN NETWORKS, INC.
 GLOBAL CROSSING TELECOMMUNICATIONS,
INC.
 ALC COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 BUDGET CALL LONG DISTANCE, INC.
 GT LANDING II CORP.

GLOBAL CROSSING TELEMANAGEMENT, INC.

GLOBAL CROSSING TELEMANAGEMENT VA, LLC

GLOBAL CROSSING AMERICAS SOLUTIONS, INC.

AMERITEL MANAGEMENT, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Mitchell Sussis

		 	Name: Mitchell Sussis
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	for each of the Guarantors listed above

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

  
 
			
	 GC IMPSAT HOLDINGS I PLC
 GC IMPSAT HOLDINGS II LIMITED
 GC IMPSAT HOLDINGS III LIMITED

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mitchell Sussis

		 	Name: Mitchell Sussis
		 	Title: Secretary
	
	for each of the Guarantors listed above

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

  
 
			
	GLOBAL CROSSING GENESIS NETWORKS, INC.
	As a Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mitchell Sussis

		 	Name: Mitchell Sussis
		 	Title: Vice President & Secretary

[Signature Page to Indenture] 

  
 
			
	 IMPSAT FIBER NETWORKS, INC.
 As a Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mitchell Sussis

		 	Name: Mitchell Sussis
		 	Title: Senior Vice President, Legal

[Signature Page to Indenture] 

  
 
			
	 GLOBAL CROSSING AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED
 As a Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mitchell Sussis

		 	Name: Mitchell Sussis
		 	Title: Attorney

 [Signature Page to
Indenture] 

  
 
			
	 GLOBAL CROSSING PEC BELGIUM BVBA
 GLOBAL CROSSING PEC DANMARK APS
 FIBERNET GMBH

GLOBAL CROSSING PEC DEUTSCHLAND GMBH

GLOBAL CROSSING IRELAND LIMITED

	GLOBAL CROSSING SERVICES EUROPE LIMITED
	 GLOBAL CROSSING SERVICES IRELAND LIMITED
 GC IMPSAT HOLDINGS NEDERLAND B.V.
 GLOBAL CROSSING PEC HOLDINGS B.V.

GLOBAL CROSSING PEC NEDERLAND B.V.

GLOBAL CROSSING NEDERLAND B.V.
 GLOBAL
CROSSING PEC ESPAÑA S.A.
 GLOBAL CROSSING SVERIGE AB
 GLOBAL CROSSING (BIDCO) LIMITED
 GLOBAL CROSSING EUROPE LIMITED

GLOBAL CROSSING FINANCIAL MARKETS LIMITED

PAN AMERICAN CROSSING UK LTD

	GC PAN EUROPEAN CROSSING UK LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Bernard Keogh

		 	Name: Bernard Keogh
		 	Title: Director
	
	for each of the Guarantors listed above

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

  
 
			
	 GLOBAL CROSSING PEC LUXEMBOURG I S.À.R.L.
 GLOBAL CROSSING PEC LUXEMBOURG II S.À.R.L.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Arthur Eshuis

		 	 Name: Arthur Eshuis

		 	 Title: Manager

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Bernard Keogh

		 	 Name: Bernard Keogh

		 	 Title: Director

	
	for each of the Guarantors listed above

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

  
 
			
	 GLOBAL CROSSING PEC SWITZERLAND AG
 As a Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Bernard Keogh

		 	Name: Bernard Keogh
		 	Title: Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Qamar Qadeer

		 	Name: Qamar Qadeer
		 	Title: Director

 [Signature Page to
Indenture] 

  
 
			
	 GLOBAL CROSSING PERU S.A.
 TELECOM INFRASTRUCTURE HARDWARE S.R.L.
 GLOBAL CROSSING CHILE S.A.

GLOBAL CROSSING SERVICIOS, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.
 GLOBAL CROSSING MEXICANA, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.
 GLOBAL CROSSING MEXICANA II, S. DE R.L. DE
C.V.
 GLOBAL CROSSING COSTA RICA, S.R.L.
 SAC PANAMA, S.A.
 GLOBAL CROSSING PANAMA, INC.

GLOBAL CROSSING VENEZUELA, S.A.
 GLOBAL
CROSSING COMUNICACIONES ECUADOR S.A.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mitchell Sussis

		 	Name: Mitchell Sussis
		 	Title: Authorized Signatory
	
	for each of the Guarantors listed above

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

  
 
			
	 GLOBAL CROSSING HONG KONG LIMITED
 GLOBAL CROSSING JAPAN KK
 GLOBAL CROSSING SINGAPORE PTE. LTD.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jon Fisse

		 	Name: Jon Fisse
		 	Title: Director
	
	for each of the Guarantors listed above

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

  
 
			
	 G.C. ST. CROIX COMPANY, INC.
 As a Guarantor

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Johanna Ravelo

		 	 Name: Johanna Ravelo

		 	 Title: Vice President & Secretary

[Signature Page to Indenture] 

  
 
			
	 GLOBAL CROSSING COMUNICAÇÕES DO BRASIL LTDA.

IMPSAT PARTICIPAÇÕES E COMERCIAL LTDA.
 SAC BRASIL HOLDING LTDA.
 SAC BRASIL S.A.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Joao Leonardo da S.G. Figueira

		 	Name: Joao Leonardo da S.G. Figueira
		 	Title: VP Corporate Services
	
	for each of the Guarantors listed above

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

  
 
			
	GLOBAL CROSSING CYPRUS HOLDINGS LIMITED
	 As a Guarantor

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Qamar Qadeer

		 	 Name: Qamar Qadeer

		 	 Title: Director

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

  
 
			
	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB
	As Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jane Schweiger

		 	Name: Jane Schweiger
		 	Title: Vice President

 [Signature
Page to Indenture] 

  
 EXHIBIT A 

[Face of Note] 
  

CUSIP/CINS                     

 ISIN
                     

9% Senior Notes due 2019 
  

	 No.              
	 $                    

 GLOBAL CROSSING LIMITED 
 promises to pay to                      or registered assigns, 

the principal sum of
                                        
DOLLARS [(or, in the event of adjustment in accordance with the within-mentioned Indenture, such other amount as may be stated from time to time on the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached hereto)]3 on November 15, 2019. 
 Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15 
 Record Dates: May 1 and
November 1 
 Dated:
                    , 20     

 

			
	GLOBAL CROSSING LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

	
	This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
	
	 WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,
as Trustee

 

											
	By:	 	  
	 		 	Dated:	 	  
	 	
		 	Authorized Signatory	 		 		 		 	

  
  

 

	3	This language should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-1

  
 [Back of Note]

 9% Senior Notes due 2019 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 (1) INTEREST. Global Crossing Limited, an exempted company with limited
liability formed under the laws of Bermuda (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9% per annum from
                    , 20    , and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to Section 2(c) of
the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided
that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding
Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be                     ,
20    . The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum
in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any (without regard to any
applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

(2) ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS. All references to interest herein shall include Additional
Amounts, if any. 
 (3) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The
Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Special Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 next preceding the Interest Payment
Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium
and Special Interest, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their
addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and
all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts. 
 (4) PAYING AGENT AND
REGISTRAR. Initially, Wilmington Trust FSB, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or
any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

  
 A-2

  
 (5)
INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 16, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include
those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this
Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes
that may be issued thereunder. 
 (6) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

 (a) At any time prior to November 15, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35%
of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 109% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the rights of
Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that: (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (ii) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the
closing of such Equity Offering. 
 (b) On or after November 15, 2014, the Company may redeem all or a part
of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to
the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment
date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2014
	  	 	104.500	% 
	 2015
	  	 	102.250	% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (c) At any
time prior to November 15, 2014, the Company may, on any one or more occasions, redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to the sum of the present values of
(1) the redemption price of the Notes to be redeemed at November 15, 2014 (set forth in clause (b) above), and (2) the remaining scheduled payments of interest on such Notes from the redemption date through November 15,
2014, excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in each case discounted to the redemption date, computed on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using a discount rate equal to the
Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on such Notes to the redemption date. The notice of redemption with respect to any redemption pursuant to this clause (c) need not set forth the
redemption price, but shall set forth the manner of calculation thereof. The Company will notify the Trustee of the redemption price with respect to any redemption pursuant to this clause (c) promptly after calculation thereof and the Trustee
shall not be responsible for such calculation. 

  
 A-3

  
 (d) If,
as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws (or any rules or regulations thereunder) or treaties applicable to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, or any amendment to or change in an official interpretation or application of such laws,
rules, regulations or treaties, which amendment to or change of such laws, rules, regulations or treaties becomes effective on or after the date of the Indenture, the Company or any other Payor would be obligated, after taking all reasonable
measures to avoid this requirement, to pay Additional Amounts (provided that the Company and any other Payor, as the case may be, shall not be required to take any measures that, in its reasonable determination, would result in the imposition
on it of any material legal or regulatory burden or the incurrence by it of any material costs, or would otherwise result in any material adverse consequences), then, at the Company’s option, all, but not less than all, of the Notes may be
redeemed at any time on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, any Special Interest and any Additional Amounts due
thereon up to but not including the date of redemption; provided, however, that (i) no notice of redemption for tax reasons may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company or any other Payor would
be obligated to pay these Additional Amounts if a payment on the Notes or the relevant Note Guarantee were then due, and (ii) at the time such notice of redemption is given such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect.

 (e) If, one Business Day prior to any redemption date, the Company deposits with the Trustee or with the
Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date, then, on and after the applicable redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called
for redemption on that date. 
 (7) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The
Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 (8)
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. 
 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of
$1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the
date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the
Company will mail a notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within 30 days after the date
that the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will commence an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and will purchase, redeem or prepay (or make an offer to do so) to all holders of
Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations the terms of which require the purchase, redemption or prepayment of such Obligations (or the making of an offer to do so) with the proceeds of any sales of assets the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any
Additional Notes) and such Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations that may be purchased, redeemed and prepaid out of the Excess Proceeds as follows: 
 (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will (a) make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture and
(b) redeem or repay (or make an offer to do so) Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations, pro rata in proportion to the respective principal amounts of the Notes and Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations required to be redeemed or repaid, the maximum
principal amount of Notes and Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations that may be repurchased, repaid and redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds; 

  
 A-4

  
 (ii)
the offer price for the Notes will be equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase and will be payable in cash and the redemption or repayment price for the
Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations will be equal to 100% of the principal amount or accreted value, as applicable, thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or repayment; 

(iii) if the aggregate amount offered to Holders of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by Holders thereof
exceeds the pro rata portion of the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds to be paid to Holders of the Notes, Notes to be purchased will be selected on a pro rata basis (provided that the authorized denomination of Notes is maintained);
and 
 (iv) if any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use Notes
and redemption or repayment of applicable Unsecured Pari Passu Obligations, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero and such remaining Excess Proceeds may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. 

To the extent the Company is obligated to make an offer to purchase, redeem or prepay the Senior Secured Notes and/or other secured
Indebtedness and Obligations with the proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Asset Sale Offer to purchase Notes under the Indenture may be made simultaneous with such secured asset sale offer(s) and may be made contingent upon there remaining more than
$10.0 million of Excess Proceeds after the consummation of such secured asset sale offer(s). 
 Holders of Notes that are the
subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase”
attached to the Notes. 
 (9) NOTICE OF
REDEMPTION. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are
to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture.
Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. 

  
 A-5

  
 (10)
DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of
Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder
to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in
part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 

(11) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a
Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 (12) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT
AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with
a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). The Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of Notes: (i) to cure any ambiguity, defect
or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; (iii) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note
Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 of the Indenture; (iv) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the
legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder; (v) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; (vi) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any
provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Circular, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a
verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes as certified in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; or (viii) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the
limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the date thereof; (ix) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes; or (x) to release any Guarantor from any of its obligations
under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
 (13)
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest, Special Interest or Additional Amounts on the Notes;
(ii) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of
Section 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by

  
 A-6

 
which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, if that default: (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such
Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $40.0
million or more; (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $40.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or
stayed, for a period of 60 days after such judgments have become final and non-appealable; (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or the Note Guarantees of any group of
Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any such Guarantor or group of Guarantors, or
any Person acting on behalf of any such Guarantor or group of Guarantors, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; and (viii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all
outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold from
Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium or Special Interest, if any) if and so long as a Responsible Officer in
consultation with other officers of the Trustee customarily performing similar functions in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders of the Notes. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default
(except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived (or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the
Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, or the principal of, the Notes). The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

(14) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The
Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

  
 A-7

  
 (15)
NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability
for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 

(16) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (17) ABBREVIATIONS.
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=
Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 (18) ADDITIONAL
RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE
NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Exchange and
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 16, 2010, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of
any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 
 (19) CUSIP/CINS
NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP/CINS numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use
CUSIP/CINS numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 (20) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED
THEREBY. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the
Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Global Crossing Limited 
 Wessex House, 45 Reid Street 
 Hamilton HM12, Bermuda 

Facsimile No.: 1 441 2968606 
 Attention:
Corporate Secretary 

  
 A-8

  

ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
                                         
                                         
                                         
                    
 (Insert assignee’s legal
name)                                 

 
  
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                                         
                                        to transfer
this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date:
                     
  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:
                                        

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-9

  
 Option of Holder to
Elect Purchase 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the
Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 

 ̈  Section 4.10         
            ̈  Section 4.15 
 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 

$
                             
 Date:                      

 

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
		
	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                        

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-10

  
 SCHEDULE
OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in
this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount

of this Global Note
	 	 Amount of increase in
 Principal Amount of
 this Global
Note
	 	 Principal Amount
 of this Global Note
 following such

decrease (or increase)
	 	 Signature of authorized
 officer of Trustee or

Custodian

		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-11

  
 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

Global Crossing Limited 
 Wessex House, 45 Reid
Street 
 Hamilton HM12, Bermuda 

Facsimile No.: 1 441 2968606 
 Attention:
Corporate Secretary 
 Wilmington Trust FSB 
 CCS–Corporate Capital Markets 
 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 
 Facsimile No.:
612-217-5651 
 Attention: Jane Y. Schweiger 
 Re: 9% Senior Notes due 2019 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture,
dated as of November 16, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Global Crossing Limited, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                      
                   (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in
the principal amount of $                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                                        
(the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
 1.  ̈
Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably
believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified
institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of
the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note
and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 2.
 ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy
order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in,
on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf 

  
 B-1

 
knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule
904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of
the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take
delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and
accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
 (a)
 ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (b)  ̈ such
Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
 or 

(c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (d)  ̈ such
Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further
certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or
Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by
the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 B-2

  
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 

(a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant
to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
	  

	 [Name of Transferor]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:

	 Title:

 Dated:                      

  
 B-3

  
 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE
OF TRANSFER 
  

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
                ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
                ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP
                ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

 

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
                ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
                ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP
                ); or 

  

	 	(iv)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP
                ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

 

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-4

  
 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 

Global Crossing Limited 
 Wessex House, 45 Reid
Street 
 Hamilton HM12, Bermuda 

Facsimile No.: 1 441 2968606 
 Attention:
Corporate Secretary 
 Wilmington Trust FSB 
 CCS–Corporate Capital Markets 
 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 
 Facsimile No.:
612-217-5615 
 Attention: Jane Y. Schweiger 
 Re: 9% Senior Notes due 2019 
 (CUSIP/CINS)
                     

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 16, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Global Crossing
Limited, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                      
                   (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal
amount of $                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner
hereby certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note
for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without
transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”),
(iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is
being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

  
 C-1

  
 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive
Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests
in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed
Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from
Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]
 ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the
Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted
Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 C-2

  
 This certificate and
the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:

	 Title:

 Dated:                      

  
 C-3

  
 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
 Global Crossing Limited 

Wessex House, 45 Reid Street 
 Hamilton HM12,
Bermuda 
 Facsimile No.: 1 441 2968606 

Attention: Corporate Secretary 
 Wilmington
Trust FSB 
 CCS–Corporate Capital Markets 
 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 
 Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 

Facsimile No.: 612-217-5651 
 Attention: Jane Y.
Schweiger 
 Re: 9% Senior Notes due 2019 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 16, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Global Crossing Limited, as issuer (the “Company”), the guarantors
party thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of $                     aggregate principal amount of:

 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

(b)  ̈ a Definitive Note, 

we confirm that: 
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by,
and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any
interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest
therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an
Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act,
(E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or
beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

  
 D-1

  
 3. We understand that,
on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the
proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in
financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of
which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You
and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered
hereby. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:

	 Title:

 Dated:                      

  
 D-2

  
 EXHIBIT E 

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE 
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and
subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of November 16, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Global Crossing Limited (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (the
“Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or
otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the
extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of
the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. 
 Capitalized terms
used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:
	Title:

  
 E-1

  
 EXHIBIT F 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
 SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                         ,
20    , among                              (the “Guaranteeing
Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Global Crossing Limited (or its permitted successor), an exempted company with limited liability formed under the laws of Bermuda (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined
in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered
to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of November 16, 2010, providing for the issuance of 9% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note
Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and
deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to
them in the Indenture. 
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary
hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 

3. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS,
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND SHAREHOLDERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability
for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives
and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

  
 F-1

  
 5.
SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS. 
 (a) Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes, or the transactions contemplated hereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, shall be brought in
the courts of the State of New York located in the City of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and any court of appeals with respect to any such court, and, by execution and delivery of this
Supplemental Indenture, each of the parties hereto hereby accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. The Company and each of the Guarantors hereby further
(i) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any claim that any such courts lack personal jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Guarantors, and agrees not to plead or claim, in any legal action or
proceeding with respect to this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees brought in any of the aforementioned courts, that such courts lack personal jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Guarantors, (ii) irrevocably
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defense of forum non conveniens in any legal action or proceeding with respect to the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees brought in any of the aforementioned courts and (iii) agrees
that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. 

(b) The Company and each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Global Crossing
Development Co., 200 Park Avenue, Suite 300, Florham Park, NJ 07932 (the “Process Agent”), in the case of any suit, action or proceeding brought in the United States of America as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept
and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Indenture, the Notes
or the Note Guarantees. The Company and each of the Guarantors hereby represents and warrants that the Process Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Company and each of the Guarantors
agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Process Agent shall be deemed, in every respect,
effective service of process upon the Company and each of the Guarantors. Such service may be made by mailing (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) or delivering a copy of such process to the Company or any of the Guarantors, as
applicable, in care of the Process Agent at the Process Agent’s above address, and the Company and each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf. As an alternative method
of service, the Company and each of the Guarantors irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) of copies of such process to the Process
Agent or the Company or any of the Guarantors, as applicable, at its address specified in Section 12.02 of the Indenture. 
 (c) Nothing contained in this Section 5 shall affect the right of the Trustee or any Holder to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed
against the Company or any of the Guarantors in any other jurisdiction. 
 If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is
necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in U.S. dollars into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking
procedures the Trustee could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency at the spot rate of exchange quoted by the Trustee at 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given, for the purchase of
U.S. dollars, for delivery two Business Days thereafter. 

  
 F-2

  
 6.
COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 

7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not
affect the construction hereof. 
 8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any
manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 F-3

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto
have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:
                        , 20         

 

					
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	GLOBAL CROSSING LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	 WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,
     as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 F-4

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00181-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00181-of-00352.parquet"}]]